Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 184

Service Manual

Contents Contents

Safety Warnings & Precautions 1

Before Repairing 2

Troubleshooting 3

Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior 4

REGIUS Disassembly & Assembly 5

Σ / Σ II
Adjustments 6

Maintenance & Inspection 7

Appendix 8

Revision History 9

EN 1-1
Blank Sheet
Contents

Contents
Introduction.................................................................................... i 3.2 Recovery Operation .....................................................3-2
Cautions .............................................................................. i 3.3 How to Retrieve Logs...................................................3-3
Trademarks ......................................................................... i
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures.............3-4
How to Read this Manual ............................................................. i
Structure of This Manual..................................................... i 3.4.1 70xx: Initialization Errors......................................3-4
Difference between REGIUS  and REGIUS  II.......................ii 3.4.2 71xx: Sensor Errors............................................. 3-12
Parts changed.....................................................................ii 3.4.3 72xx: Single Unit Operation Initialization Contents
Board Compatibility.............................................................ii Errors.................................................................... 3-29
3.4.4 73xx: Single Unit Operation Sensor Errors ...... 3-35
Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions.......1-1

Contents
3.4.5 74xx: Image Read Related Errors...................... 3-52
1.1 Symbols relating to Safety...........................................1-2
3.4.6 76xx: Single Unit Operation Image Read
1.1.1 Safety Alert Symbol.............................................. 1-2 Related Errors...................................................... 3-55
1.1.2 Warning Notice (Signal Words)........................... 1-2 3.4.7 77xx: FPGA, SDRAM Related Errors.............. 3-59
1.1.3 Description of Graphic Symbols.......................... 1-2 3.4.8 780x: Other.......................................................... 3-65
1.2 Warning Labels.............................................................1-3 3.4.9 781x: Door status ................................................ 3-65
1.3 Safety Precautions .......................................................1-4 3.4.10 782x: Warnings ................................................... 3-66
1.3.1 Precautions Necessary to Follow Legal and 3.4.11 7999: Reader Program Destroyed ..................... 3-66
Regulatory Requirements..................................... 1-4 3.4.12 14xxx: Sensitivity Correction Error................... 3-66
1.3.2 General Precautions .............................................. 1-4 3.4.13 24xxx: JM Communication Errors.................... 3-67
1.3.3 Handling Precautions............................................ 1-4 3.4.14 25xxx: ImagePilot Connection Error ................ 3-67
1.3.4 Precautions Relating to Handling 3.4.15 26xxx: the service tool Error.............................. 3-68
Cassettes/Plates...................................................... 1-4 3.4.16 27xxx: USB Related Errors................................ 3-68
1.3.5 Servicing Precautions............................................ 1-5
3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with problems not
1.3.6 Disposal Cautions.................................................. 1-5 displayed as error messages.................................... 3-70
3.5.1 Device Sound ...................................................... 3-70
Chapter 2 Before Repairing...............................2-1
3.5.2 If power cannot be turned ON............................ 3-70
2.1 Names of Parts.............................................................2-2
3.5.3 Plate related.......................................................... 3-70
2.1.1 External View of the device.................................. 2-2
3.5.4 Defective image .................................................. 3-70
2.1.2 Status lamps........................................................... 2-3
2.2 Configuration ................................................................2-4 Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm
2.3 Main Specifications.......................................................2-5 Behavior.............................................4-1
2.3.1 Device Specifications............................................ 2-5 4.1 Behavior Confirmation Summary ................................4-2
2.3.2 Image Reading & Erasing .................................... 2-5 4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display..............................4-2
2.3.3 Control Part Functions.......................................... 2-7 4.2.1 The [Unit test] Screen & Function Summary......4-2
2.4 Block Diagram ..............................................................2-8 4.2.2 The [Unit Test] Screen & Function Summary.....4-3
2.5 Main Part Locations .....................................................2-9 4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device .......................4-3
2.5.1 Frame...................................................................... 2-9 4.4 Sensor status Check....................................................4-5
2.5.2 Upper Insertion Unit ........................................... 2-10 4.4.1 Sensor status Confirmation Process .....................4-5
2.5.3 Lower Insertion Unit........................................... 2-11 4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status.................................4-5
2.5.4 Sub-scan Unit ...................................................... 2-12 4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status .....................................4-6
2.5.5 Exposure Unit...................................................... 2-13
2.5.6 Light Collection Unit .......................................... 2-13 Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly.................5-1
2.5.7 Eraser Unit ........................................................... 2-14 5.1 Before Disassembly .....................................................5-2
2.6 Behavior Explained ....................................................2-15 5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions .........................5-2
2.6.1 State Transition Diagram.................................... 2-15 5.1.2 Checking & adjustments needed after
2.6.2 Normal Operation (Image Reading).................. 2-16 assembly..................................................................5-2
2.6.3 Initialization Operation ....................................... 2-19 5.1.3 Problems that often occur after assembly ............5-3
2.6.4 Erase Operation................................................... 2-21 5.2 Fundamental Steps ......................................................5-3
2.7 Cassette/Plate Handling ............................................2-22 5.2.1 Power OFF/ON......................................................5-3
2.8 Tools, Instruments, Jigs, etc. Needed for Service ....2-22 5.2.2 Removing the external panel & parts...................5-4
5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy.......5-5
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting ................................3-1 5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit...5-6
3.1 Work Flow.....................................................................3-2 5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel............5-7

REGIUS /II Service Manual 1


Contents

5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel......... 5-8 8.2 Device Wiring Diagram ................................................8-9
5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy.5-9 8.2.1 REGIUS  Device Wiring Diagram..............8-9
5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit.. 5-9 8.2.2 REGIUS II Device Wiring Diagram......... 8-10
5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy .......... 5-11
5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit.......... 5-12 Chapter 9 Revision History ................................9-1
5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit ............ 5-17 9.1 Manual revision history.................................................9-2
Contents 5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit.......... 5-20
5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit...... 5-21
5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy...... 5-23
Contents

5.3 Changing electrical parts............................................5-25


5.3.1 Changing the status LED board......................... 5-25
5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board........................ 5-25
5.3.3 Changing the Eraser Unit Assy (Eraser LED).. 5-27
5.3.4 Changing the main board.................................... 5-28
5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply ........................ 5-30
5.3.6 Changing the power supply circuit breaker....... 5-31
5.3.7 Changing the Inlet-NF wiring Assy................... 5-32
5.3.8 Changing size detection sensors 1 and 2........... 5-33
5.3.9 Changing the cassette sensor.............................. 5-34
5.3.10 Changing the plate sensor (light receiving)....... 5-34
5.3.11 Changing the plate sensor (light emitting) ........ 5-35
5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC sensor and V-SYNC
assembly............................................................... 5-37
5.3.13 Changing the entrance NIP sensor..................... 5-38
5.3.14 Changing the exit NIP sensor............................. 5-39
5.4 Changing mechanical parts.......................................5-40
5.4.1 Changing the loading/feeding motor................. 5-40
5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and
sub-scan drive Assy............................................. 5-41
5.4.3 Changing the sub-scan feeding motor............... 5-43
5.4.4 Changing the Eraser LED cooling fan............... 5-44
5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch............................ 5-45
5.4.6 Changing the upper door guide.......................... 5-46
5.4.7 Changing the link assemblies............................. 5-47
5.4.8 Changing the entrance guide.............................. 5-48
5.4.9 Changing the drive rollers................................... 5-49
5.5 Changing cassette parts ............................................5-51
5.5.1 Disassembling a cassette..................................... 5-51

Chapter 6 Adjustments ......................................6-1


6.1 Oblique adjustments ....................................................6-2

Chapter 7 Maintenance & Inspection................7-1


7.1 Maintenance/Inspection Schedule..............................7-2
7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning .........................................7-2

Chapter 8 Appendix ...........................................8-1


8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)....................................8-2
8.1.1 [Unit test] Screen................................................... 8-2
8.1.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen................................... 8-3
8.1.3 [Error Hist] Screen ................................................ 8-7
8.1.4 [Warning setting] Screen....................................... 8-8
8.1.5 [Report of reader] Screen...................................... 8-8

2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Introduction How to Read this Manual
The Direct Digitizer REGIUS  and/or REGIUS  II (called the
"device" hereinafter) is an X-ray image cassette reading device that Structure of This Manual
uses photostimulable phosphor as an X-ray detector. This manual is divided into the following 9 chapters describing
This manual states the cautions and steps for service engineers to device repair and maintenance methods, as well as safety
perform repair or maintenance of this device (or a system including precautions and operation.
this device).
After reading through this manual, make sure it is readily Chapter 1: Safety Warnings & Cautions
accessible for future reference. An explanation of the safety warnings and cautions to follow while
repairing or maintaining this device.

Chapter 2: Before Repairing


An explanation of device fundamentals that need to be understood
before attempting to repair or maintain this device.

Chapter 3: Troubleshooting
An explanation of the various methods for dealing with device-
related troubles.

Chapter 4: Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior


An explanation of how to confirm device operation.

Chapter 5: Disassembly & Assembly


An explanation of the steps needed to disassemble and assemble
the device.

Chapter 6: Making Adjustments


An explanation of part adjustments necessary for repair and
maintenance.

Chapter 7: Maintenance & Inspection


An explanation of how to maintain and inspect the device.

Chapter 8: Appendix
A list of technical information for reference during device repair or
maintenance.

Chapter 9: Revision History

Cautions IMPORTANT
1) Unauthorized reproduction of any part of this manual is Settings and behavior confirmation of the device are
prohibited. performed with the service tools of REGIUS ImagePilot
2) The contents of this manual are subject to change without (hereinafter ImagePilot).Service tool operation details
notice. can be found in the ImagePilot Installation & Service
Manual, so you are recommended to refer to it when
3) Any discrepancies, errors or omissions noted should be necessary.
communicated to the manufacturer.
4) Notwithstanding item 3) above, the manufacturer accepts no
responsibility whatsoever for any loss or decrease in profi ts
arising from usage of the product.

Trademarks
Company names and product names in this manual are trademarks
or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
©, ® and ™, representing these ownerships, are omitted in the
following pages.
Copyright © 2011 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.

REGIUS /II Service Manual i


Difference between REGIUS  and
REGIUS  II
Parts changed
The following REGIUS  parts are replaced in the REGIUS  II.
No. Category Name Outline of the change

1 Parts Front panel Logo (REGIUS II) is


printed

2 Parts Rating plate -

3 Parts Sensor on each Pin-out


part_relay Assy

4 Parts LED_BOARD LED2_BOARD

5 Parts LED_DRIVE_BOARD LED_DRIVE2_BOARD

6 Parts FFC cable_Assy Number of pins,


Connector connection
method

7 Parts SW power supply - With a ferrite core


MAIN_BOARD_Assy

8 Unit Eraser Unit • LED2_BOARD


• LED_DRIVE2_BOARD
• FFC cable_Assy

Board Compatibility
Equipment and Board
• REGIUS  can use both new and old boards.
• REGIUS  is also be planned to be integrated in the new board.
Board Old New
• LED_BOARD • LED2_BOARD
Equipment • LED_DRIVE_BOARD • LED_DRIVE2_BOARD
REGIUS   
REGIUS II  

LED and Drive Board


• The new and old boards are not compatible with each other when
combined.
Drive Board
LED_DRIVE_BOARD LED_DRIVE2_BOARD
LED
REGIUS   
REGIUS II  

ii REGIUS /II Service Manual


1

Chapter 1 Safety

Safety Warnings & Precautions


Chapter 1 Warnings &
Precautions
An explanation of the safety warnings and cautions to follow while
repairing or maintaining this device.

1.1 Symbols relating to Safety .......................................................1-2


1.1.1 Safety Alert Symbol...................................................1-2
1.1.2 Warning Notice (Signal Words) ................................1-2
1.1.3 Description of Graphic Symbols ...............................1-2
1.2 Warning Labels.........................................................................1-3
1.3 Safety Precautions ...................................................................1-4
1.3.1 Precautions Necessary to Follow Legal and
Regulatory Requirements .........................................1-4
1.3.2 General Precautions..................................................1-4
1.3.3 Handling Precautions ................................................1-4
1.3.4 Precautions Relating to Handling
Cassettes/Plates........................................................1-4
1.3.5 Servicing Precautions................................................1-5
1.3.6 Disposal Cautions......................................................1-5
Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.1 Symbols relating to Safety 1.1.3 Description of Graphic Symbols

1.1.1 Safety Alert Symbol A triangle indicates a danger against which you
should take precaution.
This is the "safety alert symbol." This symbol alerts e.g.)
you to matters and/or operation potentially This symbol warns against "Danger of
hazardous to yourself and other people. Read these
Electrical Shocks".
messages and follow the instructions carefully.
A diagonal line indicates a prohibited course of
action.
1.1.2 Warning Notice (Signal Words) e.g.)
Signal words indicate the degree of potential hazards in the use of This symbol indicates you "Do Not
the product. Disassemble".
1 Signal words include the following three types, which are used
A solid circle indicates an imperative course of
according to risk of damage caused by danger and the severity of
action.
damage.
e.g.)
1.1 Symbols relating to Safety

DANGER This symbol indicates you must "Remove


Indicates a imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, Plug from Power Outlet".
will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING Graphic
Explanation
symbols
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.
Indicates items that cannnot be touched.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Indicates that AC power is being used.
indicate hazardous situation where only physical damage is likely
to occur.
Indicates the off position for the main power switch
of this device.

Indicates the on position for the main power switch


of this device.

Indicates that a plate is jammed inside the device.

1-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.2 Warning Labels


Warning labels are attached to the following areas of the device.

CAUTION
Before performing maintenance such as installation or repair, make sure to fully understand the meaning of each warning
label, and how to handle each section they are located in.

Laser warning label

1.2 Warning Labels


Exposure Unit

REGIUS /II Service Manual 1-3


Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.3 Safety Precautions 1.3.3 Handling Precautions


Read all safety precautions thoroughly before using the device.
Be sure to observe the safety precautions described in this section. WARNING

1.3.1 Precautions Necessary to Follow Legal • If unusual noises, odor, or smoke comes from this device,
and Regulatory Requirements stop operation.
If unusual noises, odor, or smoke coming from this device is
detected, immediately stop operation. If you continue to
CAUTION operate it with the abnormal condition left as it is, it could
cause an electric shock, fire, or damage to the device.
Caution as to laser control
• Be careful not to trip over or trample on the power cable.
To prevent danger, make sure that only service engineers who
If you continue to use the damaged cable, it could cause an
received proper formal training will remove the exterior cover or
electric shock, heat generation or fire.
touch the inside of the equipment.
1 • Do not remove the power plug by pulling on the power
Specifications of laser unit cable.
Item Specifications Doing so may cause the power cable to break, resulting in heat
generation or fire.
1.3 Safety Precautions

Class 3B
• Do not put drinks or foreign objects on the device.
Medium Semiconductor laser Do not put drinks such as juice or foreign objects such as clips
and pins on this machine. If you use this device after liquids or
Wavelength 659 nm foreign objects such as metals have entered the machine, it can
Maximum output 130 mW cause a short in the internal circuit, resulting in fire.

This device is a Class 1 laser product. CAUTION


1.3.2 General Precautions • Do not block air intakes or outlets of the device.
If air intakes or outlets of the device are blocked, it can cause
WARNING the device to fail or reduce the accuracy of image reading.
• Do not leave objects standing on the device or do not
• Do not perform any work or operations that are not step on it.
described in this manual. Doing so may lead to the risk of injury due to falling, or
If you do accidentally conduct work not described in this damage the device.
manual, you may suffer from burns or electric shock due to
touching a hot section or high voltage component of this
• Do not use equipment such as mobile phones that emit
electromagnetic waves.
machine.
If you use equipment such as mobile phones that emit
• Be sure to follow safety precautions for warning labels. electromagnetic waves near the device, it can have a negative
Be sure to follow the safety precautions contained in this effect on the device.
manual and shown on warning labels attached to this machine.
Failure to observe these precautions may result in personal
injury or damage to this machine. 1.3.4 Precautions Relating to Handling
• This device is equipped with a laser generator (class 3B). Cassettes/Plates
Avoid exposing the eyes or skin to direct laser, as it could cause
a serious injury.
WARNING
• Removing exterior covers
To prevent danger, make sure that only service engineers who • Do not scratch the plate.
received proper formal training will remove the exterior cover The photostimulable luminescent material used on the plate can
or touch the inside of the device. cause problems if it enters the human body. If the protective
layer on the plate surface has been severely damaged and the
photostimulable luminescent material is exposed, take the
following actions.
- If swallowed, consult a physician immediately.
- If the eyes are exposed to it, flush them with clean
water and consult a physician immediately.
- If the skin is exposed to it, rinse with clean water
immediately.
- Even if the photostimulable luminescent material does
not enter the human body, take preventive measures
against contact and dispose of the plate immediately in
accordance with the applicable standards.

1-4 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.3.5 Servicing Precautions

WARNING
• Do not insert a piece of wire or metal.
Do not insert foreign objects such as metal strip or wire through
vent or gap in the main device. Doing so may result in electric
shock.
• Be sure to turn OFF when servicing.
Pulling the circuit board out of this machine or removing
connectors and cables while the power is turned on may result
in a serious accident. Make sure to turn off the power supply
circuit breaker before starting these operations.
1
CAUTION
• When handling internal electronic components of the

1.3 Safety Precautions


device, wear a wristband.
When handling internal electronic components, wear an
antistatic wristband.
If you touch an electronic component such as circuit board with
an electrostaticallycharged hand, it can cause damage.
• Before cleaning, make sure to unplug the power supply,
or switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker.
Be sure to unplug or turn OFF the power switch before cleaning
this machine.
You could get your finger caught in sliding or rotating parts.

1.3.6 Disposal Cautions

CAUTION
• Please follow the rules and regulations of your relevant
authorities in the disposal of this device, accessories,
options, consumables, media and their packing materials.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 1-5


Blank Sheet
Chapter
Chapter 2
2 Before Repairing 2

An explanation of device fundamentals that need to be understood before

Before Repairing
attempting to repair or maintain this device.

2.1 Names of Parts.........................................................................2-2


2.1.1 External View of the device.......................................2-2
2.1.2 Status lamps...............................................................2-3
2.2 Configuration.............................................................................2-4
2.3 Main Specifications...................................................................2-5
2.3.1 Device Specifications.................................................2-5
2.3.2 Image Reading & Erasing.........................................2-5
2.3.3 Control Part Functions...............................................2-7
2.4 Block Diagram ..........................................................................2-8
2.5 Main Part Locations..................................................................2-9
2.5.1 Frame.........................................................................2-9
2.5.2 Upper Insertion Unit.................................................2-10
2.5.3 Lower Insertion Unit................................................. 2-11
2.5.4 Sub-scan Unit ..........................................................2-12
2.5.5 Exposure Unit ..........................................................2-13
2.5.6 Light Collection Unit.................................................2-13
2.5.7 Eraser Unit ...............................................................2-14
2.6 Behavior Explained ................................................................2-15
2.6.1 State Transition Diagram.........................................2-15
2.6.2 Normal Operation (Image Reading).......................2-16
2.6.3 Initialization Operation .............................................2-19
2.6.4 Erase Operation.......................................................2-21
2.7 Cassette/Plate Handling ........................................................2-22
2.8 Tools, Instruments, Jigs, etc. Needed for Service ................2-22
Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.1 Names of Parts


Part names are indicated here that should be known in order to repair the device.

2.1.1 External View of the device

17 18

2
1 16
Right 13 15 Rear
2.1 Names of Parts

1
8 14

10

11
12

2
1
3 4

5
Left Front
6 7 8 9

Common Name Common Name Common Name Common Name


No. No. No. No.
(Part Name) (Part Name) (Part Name) (Part Name)

1 Intake vent 2 Light Collection Unit 3 Unjamming dial 4 Left Door


Cleaning Handle (Handle) (Left door Assy)
(Handle)

5 Left side panel 6 USB Cover 7 Power supply circuit 8 Exhaust outlet
(Left side panel) (USB cover) breaker
(Circuit protector)

9 Front panel 10 Cassette insertion slot 11 Status lamps 12 Erase button


(Front panel Assy) • Refer to Page 2-3. (Erase button)

13 Right side panel 14 Power supply port 15 Rear door 16 Rear panel
(Right side panel) (Inlet-NF wiring Assy) (Rear Assy) (Rear panel patch Assy)

17 Upper cover 18 Upper Door


(Upper cover Assy) (Upper door Assy)

2-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.1.2 Status lamps

Ready

Busy

Error

Erase

2
The 4 LEDs that indicate this device's current status are called "Status Lamps."
Name Color Function

2.1 Names of Parts


Ready Lamp Green Indicates when a cassette is loaded or ejected.
• Lit: The cassette can be loaded.
• Blinking: The process has finished, and the cassette can be ejected.
Busy Lamp Blue Indicates the process status.
• Lit: Process in progress.
• Blinking: Preparing to start process (inspection questions during image reading)
• Unlit: The process has stopped.
Error Lamp Yellow Indicates error and warning status.
• Lit: Warning status alert, or connection with ImagePilot not established.
• Blinking: Error status alert
Erase Lamp Orange Indicates Erase Mode status.
• Lit: Image erase in progress, or the Erase switch is being pressed.
• Blinking: Image erase mode is selected, and device is in standby mode for cassette loading (5
seconds).

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-3


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.2 Configuration
A description of how the device is configured.

2
2.2 Configuration

3 2 6 7

4 5 8

No. Name Function

1 External Unit Protects the device's interior parts from light, vibration, and other outside influences.
It is made up of a upper panel, side panels, and a door for accessing interior parts of the device.

2 Frame Make up the device's frame.


Control parts, an inlet for power supply, and power sources are also included.

3 Upper Insertion Unit Has a mechanism to release the loaded cassette's lock, and to eject or return the plate to normal.
Display and operational parts are also included.
4 Lower Insertion Unit

5 Sub-scan Unit Feeds the plate (with sub scan).

6 Eraser Unit Erases any image information remaining on the plate.

7 Exposure Unit Scan excited laser light for the plate.

8 Light Collection Unit Gathers phosphor light generated from the plate and converts it into electric signals.

2-4 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.3 Main Specifications


Compatible Cassettes & Plates
2.3.1 Device Specifications
Item Content
Item Content Readable RC-300 cassettes with isolated open/close
External 510 (W) × 610 (D) × 355 (H) mm cassette structures and equivalent
dimensions types
Japan 14" × 17", 14" × 14", 11" × 14",
Mass Approximately 28 kg (excluding cassette 10" × 12", 8" × 10", 15cm × 30 cm
and plate)
Other 14" × 17", 14" × 14", 11" × 14",
Noise level During Average = 53 dB or less areas 10" × 12", 8" × 10", 24cm × 30 cm,
(Excluding noise operation Maximum = 61 dB or less 18cm × 24 cm, 15cm × 30 cm
originating from
During Average = 25 dB or less Readable plate Regius Plate FP-1S or equivalent
user operation
standby types
(such as cassette
loading).)

Maximum power 100 VA or less (100 V, 1 A or less) IMPORTANT


consumption
Cassettes/plates that can be used with this device are
2
Power Japan 100 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz) device exclusive. Rigid type cassettes used with the
source REGIUS MODEL 110, etc. cannot be used for this

2.3 Main Specifications


Other 115/120 V ± 10% (60 Hz) device.
areas 110/220/230/240 V ± 10%(50/60 Hz)
200 V ± 10% (50 Hz)
2.3.2 Image Reading & Erasing
Hygrothermal Transport -20 to 60 ℃ / 90% RH or less
environment packing (no condensation)
status 0.7 to 1.0 atmospheric pressure Processing Ability
(= 709 to 1013 (hPa))

During Item Content


10 to 30 ℃ / 15 to 80% RH
operation (no condensation) Reading Normal read mode (175 µm)
resolution High-definition read mode (87.5 µm)
When not -10 to 40 ℃ / 90% RH or less
operating (no condensation) • According to ImagePilot licensing. There
are no resolution settings for this unit.
External USB 2.0 (Konica Minolta independent
connection communications specifications) Cycle time REGIUS Japan Up to 75 seconds
 per cassette
Service life 7 years (10 cassettes per day × 25 days per (14" × 14" / normal
month × 12 months per year × 7 years = read mode)
21,000 cassettes)
Other Up to 80 seconds
IMPORTANT areas per cassette
User should consider service life 6 years. (A 6- (14" × 17" / normal
year service life is also mentioned in the read mode)
operation manual.)
REGIUS Japan Up to 54 seconds
II per cassette
Accessories • Power cable (length: 3 m) (14" × 14" / normal
• USB Cable read mode)
(length: 5 m, USB 2.0 High Speed
Other Up to 60 seconds
compatible)
areas per cassette
• Operation manual (14" × 17" / normal
• Opening tools for cassette read mode)

Parts requiring None • The fastest time from the cassette being
periodic change loaded and locked, to the end of the reading
process when the cassette is removed. The
fastest erase speed for standard dose
exposure. Cassette replacement time = 0
seconds.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-5


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Item Content Read image size (Other areas)


Processing REGIUS Japan About 48 cassettes Read pixel count
Ability  per hour Read capacity
Cassette (mm) Normal read High-definition
(14" × 14" / normal type mode read mode
read mode)
X way Y way X way Y way X way Y way
Other About 45 cassettes
14"  17" 365.75 442.05 2090 2526 4180 5052
areas per hour
(14" × 17" / normal 14"  14" 365.75 365.75 2090 2090 4180 4180
read mode)
11"  14" 289.10 365.75 1652 2090 3304 4180
REGIUS Japan About 66 cassettes
II per hour 10"  12" 264.25 315.35 1510 1802 3020 3604
(14" × 14" / normal
read mode) 8"  10" 213.50 264.25 1220 1510 2440 3020

Other About 60 cassettes 24 cm  250.25 310.10 1430 1772 2860 3544


areas per hour 30 cm
(14" × 17" / normal
read mode) 18 cm  190.40 250.25 1088 1430 2176 2860
2 24 cm
• When continuous cassette loading, for the
number of cassettes going through the 15 cm  310.45 160.30 1774 916 3548 1832
process per hour. 30 cm
2.3 Main Specifications

Digital 12-bit (4096 gradation)


gradation level
Exposure Unit
Read image size (Japan)
Item Content
Read pixel count
Read capacity Method Laser scanning by polygon mirror
Cassette (mm) Normal read High-definition
type mode read mode Laser 659  5 nm
X way Y way X way Y way X way Y way wavelength

14"  17" 365.75 442.05 2090 2526 4180 5052

14"  14" 365.75 365.75 2090 2090 4180 4180 Light Collection Unit
11"  14" 289.10 365.75 1652 2090 3304 4180
Item Content
10"  12" 264.25 315.35 1510 1802 3020 3604
Method Light collecting mirror + reed-shaped light
8"  10" 213.50 264.25 1220 1510 2440 3020 guide + angled excitation light cut filter +
rounded photomultiplier tube (PMT)
15 cm  310.45 160.30 1774 916 3548 1832
30 cm Excitation light An angled excitation light cut filter is placed in
elimination the light guide window to eliminate excitation
light.

Eraser Unit

Item Content

Method Erasing done by white LED.

2-6 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Sub-scan Unit

Item Content

Method Exposure unit fixed plate feed method


• Sub-scan (read/erase) of feeded
photostimulable phosphor plate by optical/
light collection unit.

Driving method The sheet-type plate roller feed method using


a 3-phase stepping motor.

Operation • When reading:


reading is outward, erasing is out and back.
• When erasing:
reading is outward (max signal value
confirmation), erasing is out and back.

2.3.3 Control Part Functions 2


The main control part functions are as follows.

2.3 Main Specifications


Function name Content

Image data • This function generates image data via laser


generation scanning.
function

Image data • Moire elimination calculation


revision/ • Gain/offset revision calculation
calculation
• Shading irregularity correction, polygon
function revision
• Erase speed calculation
Communication • Command receiving function
function • This function transmits read image data to a
console PC.
• This function provides a device status
notification.

Control • This function is triggered by cassette


function loading, and performs a series of controls
including mechanical control, optical control,
signal processing control, communication
control, etc.
• This function performs the controls needed
to execute commands received via USB 2.0
interface communication.
• This function saves the base board serial
number to device memory which should
recognize the device's uniqueness.

Calibration Mainly the following functions are performed.


function • Gain/offset function
(during • Irregularity calibration function
maintenance/
shipment
• Sensitivity calibration function
settings) • Image position/size adjustment function

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-7


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.4 Block Diagram

<Upper Insertion Unit> <Frame> <Eraser Unit> <Exposure Unit>


Tray Moving Motor Eraser LED Cooling Fan LED_DRIVE2_BOARD LD_DRIVE_BOARD
Loading NIP Motor Magnetic Clutch LED2_BOARD LD_BOARD
Size Detecting Sensor 3 Loading/Feeding Motor H-SYNC_BOARD
DC24/5V
Size Detecting Sensor 4 Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor Polygon
(DC24V)
Left Cassette Lock Sensor Plate Sensor (light receiving)
Right Cassette Lock Sensor Cassette Sensor <Sub-scan Unit>
Loading NIP HP Sensor Sub-scan NIP Motor STATUS_LED_BOARD
Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor <Lower Insertion Unit> Sub-scan Feeding Motor
Tray Lock Release Sensor Size Detecting Sensor 1 V-SYNC Sensor
Plate Sensor (light emitting) Size Detecting Sensor 2 Photomultiplier Tube
Entrance NIP Sensor
2
Tray Sensor Exit NIP Sensor
Tray HP Sensor Rear Door Interlock SW ANALOG_BOARD
2.4 Block Diagram

Upper Door Interlock SW


DC24V

MAIN_BOARD

External IF

AC Power Source Inlet Noise Filter SW power supply ImagePilot PC


24V USB
AC100V to 240V

Excluding what is listed in the diagram, motors are supplied 24V, and other devices are supplied 5V of electricity from the main board.

2-8 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5 Main Part Locations


This is an explanation of where each device's main parts are positioned and how they function.

2.5.1 Frame

2 3
1
11

12

2.5 Main Part Locations


4 5 6 7 8 9 10

No. Name Function Reference for how to change


1 Cassette Sensor Turned ON when the cassette is loaded. "5.3.9 Changing the cassette sensor (Page 5-34)"

2 Feeding Roller The loading/feeding motor operates to remove or "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)"
insert the plate from/into the cassette.

3 Magnetic Clutch Regulates power sent to feeding roller. "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)"

4 Left Door Open/Close Turned ON when the left door is open. -


Detection Sensor

5 Power supply circuit breaker Used to turn the device's power ON/OFF. "5.3.6 Changing the power supply circuit breaker
(Page 5-31)"

6 SW power supply - "5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply (Page 5-


30)"

7 MAIN_BOARD A base board that controls the device. "5.3.4 Changing the main board (Page 5-28)"

8 Insertion feed motor Removes or inserts the plate from/into the "5.4.1 Changing the loading/feeding motor (Page
cassette. 5-40)"

9 Eraser LED Cooling Fan Takes in outside air to keep the eraser unit LED "5.4.4 Changing the Eraser LED cooling fan (Page
cool. 5-44)"

10 Inlet-NF wiring Assy - "5.3.7 Changing the Inlet-NF wiring Assy (Page 5-
32)"

11 Noise filter - -

12 Plate Sensor (light receiving) Works together with the plate sensor (light "5.3.10 Changing the plate sensor (light receiving)
emitting) of the upper insertion unit to detect (Page 5-34)"
whether a plate exists or not. Turns ON when a
plate exists.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-9


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.2 Upper Insertion Unit

1 2 10 11

3
4

5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14

2
10 11 13 14
2.5 Main Part Locations

1 2

12

3
4

5 6 7 8 9

No. Name Function Reference for how to change

1 Switch (interlock 1) Turned OFF when the upper door is open. -


This is not a safety interlock, but when turned
OFF, power is disconnected from the following.
• Mechanical control power for motors, fans, etc.
• Eraser LED, power for high-voltage generation
• LD power
2 Adjusting cam, adjusting Used for oblique adjustments. Not changed as a single unit.
board Refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

3 Loading NIP Open/Close Detects NIP status, the tray's lock status, etc. -
Sensor when the plate is moving in and out of the
cassette.
4 Tray Lock Release Sensor Refer to "4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status (Page
4-6)".
5 Loading NIP HP Sensor

6 Insertion nip motor Performs NIP operation, or moves the tray's Not changed as a single unit.
abutment plate up and down when the image
plate is moving in and out of the cassette.

7 Left Cassette Lock Sensor Turned ON when the cassette is locked on the left Not changed as a single unit.
side.

8 Size Detection Sensor 4 Determines cassette size in a group of 4 sensors Not changed as a single unit.
together with size detection sensors 1 and 2 of the
9 Size Detection Sensor 3 lower insertion unit. Not changed as a single unit.
Refer to "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status
(Page 4-5)".

2-10 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

No. Name Function Reference for how to change

10 Plate Sensor (light emitting) Works together with the frame's plate sensor (light "5.3.11 Changing the plate sensor (light emitting)
receiving) to detect whether a plate exists or not. (Page 5-35)"

11 Tray Sensor Turned ON when the tray is outside of the Not changed as a single unit.
cassette.

12 Right Cassette Lock Sensor Turned ON when the cassette is locked on the Not changed as a single unit.
right side.

13 Casette tray move motor Moves the tray in and out, and corrects cassette Not changed as a single unit.
tilt.

14 Tray HP Sensor Turned ON when the notches used for moving the -
tray in and out are in their home position.

2.5.3 Lower Insertion Unit


2

3
2

2.5 Main Part Locations


1

No. Name Function Reference for how to change

1 Status LED board A base board for status display (status lamps) and "5.3.1 Changing the status LED board (Page 5-
operations (Erase switch). 25)"

2 Size Detection Sensor 1 Determines cassette size in a group of 4 sensors "5.3.8 Changing size detection sensors 1 and 2
together with size detection sensors 3 and 4 of the (Page 5-33)"
3 Size Detection Sensor 2 upper insertion unit.
Refer to "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status
(Page 4-5)".

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-11


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.4 Sub-scan Unit

1 2 3 4 5 11 8

12

6 7 9 10
2.5 Main Part Locations

No. Name Function Reference for how to change


1 Entrance NIP Sensor Turned ON when Drive Roller U is in NIP status. "5.3.13 Changing the entrance NIP sensor (Page
5-38)"

2 Drive Roller U Feeds the plate via a Sub-scan Feeding Motor. "5.4.9 Changing the drive rollers (Page 5-49)"

3 Drive Roller D

4 Sub-scan NIP Motor Performs NIP for Drive Roller U and Drive Roller "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-
D. scan drive Assy (Page 5-41)"

5 Sub-scan Feeding Motor Feeds the plate. "5.4.3 Changing the sub-scan feeding motor
(Page 5-43)"

6 Handle Used to rotate Drive Rollers U and D when a plate -


(Unjamming dial) jam occurs.

7 Exit NIP Sensor Turned ON when Drive Roller D is in NIP status. "5.3.14 Changing the exit NIP sensor (Page 5-39)"

8 Driven entrance assembly - Operates via Sub-scan NIP motor to perform NIP -
driven roller for Drive Roller U and Drive Roller D.

9 Driven exit assembly - driven -


roller

10 Switch (interlock 2) Turned OFF when the rear door is open. -


This is not a safety interlock, but when turned
OFF, power is disconnected from the following.
• Mechanical control power for motors, fans, etc.
• Eraser LED, power for high-voltage generation
• LD power
11 V-SYNC assembly Detects when passage is available for the plate in "5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC sensor and V-
a reading area. SYNC assembly (Page 5-37)"
12 V-SYNC Sensor Sensor is ON when a plate exists.

2-12 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.5 Exposure Unit

2.5 Main Part Locations


Parts within the exposure unit cannot be changed individually. If a problem occurs within the exposure unit, the entire exposure unit must be
changed.

IMPORTANT
Do not disassemble the exposure unit.

2.5.6 Light Collection Unit

No. Name Function Reference for how to change

1 Handle Activates a cleaning mechanism to keep the light "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit
(Light Collection Unit guide and laser scanning line of the light collection (Page 5-12)"
Cleaning Handle) unit free of dust.

2 Analog board A base board that takes in analog signals from the Not changed as a single unit.
photomultiplier tube and converts them.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-13


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.7 Eraser Unit

2
2.5 Main Part Locations

No. Name Function Reference for how to change

1 LED_DRIVE2_BOARD A base board that controls the Eraser LED. "5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board (Page 5-
25)"

2-14 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.6 Behavior Explained


2.6.1 State Transition Diagram

Power Supply Circuit Breaker OFF


Power Supply Circuit Breaker ON
(Constant)

Boot
Initialization Process

Routine Mode

Erase Switch Cassette Inserted 2


pressed for 2 seconds

2.6 Behavior Explained


Erase Mode

Cassette Inserted

Cassette Ejected Cassette Ejected

Erase Process Image Reading

Error Occurs Door Opened/Closed

No sleep mode as with REGIUS MODELS 110/210 is available. (No operation switch.)

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-15


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.6.2 Normal Operation (Image Reading)

Operation/ Feed (letters in parenthesis Exposure / Optical / Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No."
No.
control correspond to the diagram) Eraser column)
Initialization 1 Notch (A) for tray removal
Upper Insertion Unit
retracts.
• Drive source: Tray moving B
motor (F) A
2 The tray's lock release Notch (B) C
retracts.
• Drive source: Loading NIP D
motor (G) 1
User loads 3 Notch (C) locks the cassette. • Polygon starts to
cassette rotate for cassette 11
• No drive source
detection. 2
4 Notch (D) releases tray lock (bolt Abutment Plate 10
mechanism). (For large
cassettes only) NIP Roller
2 • No drive sourcePart (E) is E
pushed into operation by the
cassette. Size Detection Sensor 3
Plate is ejected 5 Notch (A) is lowered, and 7
2.6 Behavior Explained

connects to the cassette's tray 3


4
ejection notch (cassette open/
close lever). Cassette
5
• Drive source: Loading NIP
8
motor (G)
6
6 Notch (A) moves in the tray's 12
return direction and corrects the
cassette's position.
• Drive source: Tray moving
motor (F)
7 Notch (B) is lowered, and the tray
lock is released.
• Drive source: Loading NIP
motor (G)
8 Notch (A) ejects the tray, and
bumps it against the abutment
plate.
• Drive source: Tray moving
motor (F)
9 Magnetic Clutch (H) is turned
ON. (Feeding roller connects to 10
drive source.) 11

10 The NIP roller is lowered, and


moves into NIP status with the Abutment Plate NIP Roller
feeding roller.
G
• Drive source: Loading NIP F
motor (G)
11 The abutment plate is raised with H 9 ON
I
Power
the tray attached, and the image 13 ON
plate is removed from the tray. Feeding Roller
• Drive source: Loading NIP Drive Roller U
motor (G) J Drive Roller D
13 ON
12 Notch (A) slightly returns the tray • Seven seconds later,
(to avoid tray and roller contact). the polygon lock is
• Drive source: Tray moving confirmed, the laser
motor (F) emits low level light,
Plate is sent and PMT high voltage
13 Loading/Feeding Motor (I) starts
(feed) is turned ON. (PMT
the plate into send feed.
At the same time, Sub-scan voltage level rises until
Feeding Motor (J) starts up. V-SYNC detection)
• Drive source: Loading/
Feeding Motor (I)

2-16 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Operation/ Feed (letters in parenthesis Exposure / Optical / Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No."
No.
control correspond to the diagram) Eraser column)
(V-SYNC 14 Loading/Feeding Motor (I) stops. • When V-SYNC Driven Entrance Assembly
detection) Magnetic Clutch (H) is turned detection has 42 line 14
OFF. counts (H-SYNC) 16
The feeding roller is released remaining, the laser
from NIP status. (Otherwise the emits strong light, and
plate will scrape against the image reading begins.
roller.) Driven Exit Assembly
K
14 OFF
15 Drive Roller D goes into NIP 14 OFF
status. (The timing is the same
12 ON
regardless of cassette size.) 15
• Drive source: Sub-scan NIP 12 ON
Motor (K) V-SYNC Detection
14
16 Drive Roller U is released from
NIP status. (Timing differs
according to cassette size.)
• Drive source: Sub-scan NIP
Motor (K) 2
17 Send feed stops at 10 mm from
V-SYNC detection.

2.6 Behavior Explained


Plate is returned 18 Sub-scan Feeding Motor (J) • The Eraser LED lights
(feed) begins the plate's return feed. up. Plate Detected 21
20
At the same time, an operation
begins in which Drive Roller U
moves into NIP status.
• Drive source: Sub-scan
18 ON
Feeding Motor (J) 18
20 ON
20 ON
(V-SYNC 19 • From V-SYNC detection to 45
detection) mm, feed speed gets faster,
then slows down. 18 ON

(Plate 20 When the plate sensor detects a 19


V-SYNC Detection
detected) plate (at the front end of its return
direction), the Magnetic Clutch
turns ON, and the feeding roller
begins its return operation.
(Timing differs according to plate
size.)
21 The NIP roller is lowered, and
moves into NIP status with the
feeding roller.
• Drive source: Loading NIP
motor (G)
(No plate 22 When the plate sensor does not • The Eraser LED shuts No Plate Detected
detected) detect a plate (at the far end of its down. 22
return direction), the plate is
determined to be stored in the
cassette, and the tray's abutment
plate is lowered.
22
At the same time, Notch (B) is 23 OFF
enabled to release the tray lock 22 OFF
to take in tray storage.
• Drive source: Loading NIP
motor (G)
23 The Magnetic Clutch is turned
OFF.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-17


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Operation/ Feed (letters in parenthesis Exposure / Optical / Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No."
No.
control correspond to the diagram) Eraser column)
Plate storage 24 Notch (A) returns the tray to the
cassette. (Max send: Abutment)
• Drive source: Tray moving A
motor (F) C
25 Notch (A) moves slightly in the
extraction direction. (To relieve
the tray of push stress.)
• Drive source: Tray moving
motor (F)
26 Notch (C) releases the cassette
lock. Plate Sensor
• Drive source: Loading NIP (light emitting) B
motor (G)

26

2
24 25

User ejects the 27 Moves into standby mode to


2.6 Behavior Explained

cassette prepare for the next image


(and reading.
initialization
begins).

2-18 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.6.3 Initialization Operation


By switching the power supply circuit breaker to ON, device operation will begin, starting with the initialization process.
After starting up, firmware initialization content is as follows.
1) CPU Initialization Process
2) OS Initialization Process
3) FPGA Configuration & Initialization
4) Generation of all resources, such as each firmware task, etc.
5) Kernel runs
Each task operation will begin from this point, and the device will start up. USB communication initialization, mechanical and optical
initialization etc. will also be performed simultaneously.

Mechanical Initialization Operation

Summary
Sensor Check
All sensors are checked, then checks are made of whether or not
Power ON/When door is closed there is a cassette in the Cassette Insertion Slot, and whether or not a 2
Initialization Operation
plate is inside the device. If one is detected, error notification is
provided.
For details, refer to " Sensor Check Flow (Page 2-20)".

2.6 Behavior Explained


Plate Residue Check
Error Detection The Sub-scan Feeding Motor is rotated for a certain amount of
Sensor Check
time, and if the V-SYNC sensor is turned ON (plate detected) at
that time, the following operation is performed.
1. After the Sub-scan Feeding Motor has stopped, it will turn a
determined number of revolutions, and the plate is sent to an area
Error Detection
Plate Residue Check where it can easily be ejected from the upper Door (unjamming
send process).
2. An error message is displayed.
Motor HP Eject Operation
The Tray Moving Motor, Loading NIP Motor, and Sub-scan NIP
Error Detection
Motor HP Eject Operation Motor HP eject operation is performed. During each operation,
changes to the sensors attached to each motor are confirmed to
Eraser LED / Cooling Fan Error Detection make sure that no errors have occurred in the sensors.
Disconnection Check Tray Moving Motor: Tray HP Sensor
Loading NIP Motor: Lock Release Sensor
Loading NIP HP Sensor
Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor
Sub-scan NIP Motor: Entrance NIP Sensor
Optic Device Exit NIP Sensor
Operation Check Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check
The Eraser LED and Eraser LED Cooling Fan are turned ON for a
certain time, and if an Eraser LED error signal or Erase Fan error
signal is detected during that time, error notification is given.
Error Detection For details, refer to " Moving into Eraser LED/Cooling Fan
Gain Offset Calculated Disconnection Check Status (Page 2-21)".
Optic Device Operation Check
Polygon is rotated, and confirmation is made that polygon lock
signal detection can be performed.
Laser is activated to emit light, while HSYNC updates and PID
Normal Shutdown Abnormal Shutdown (Polygon-ID) detection are confirmed. If HSYNC updates and PID
detection cannot be confirmed, error notification is provided.
For details, refer to " Moving into Optical Device Operation Check
Status (Page 2-20)".
Gain Offset Calculated
Pixel values are entered with two reference current source types,
and the gain offset is calculated from each average.
• Motor HP Eject Operation and Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection
Check will be performed in parallel.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-19


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Sensor Check Flow

Sensor Check

Error Notification to Status Management Task


High Voltage SW
OFF (Error Code = E7413)
(High Voltage OFF)

Error Notification to Status Management Task


Tray Sensor
ON (Error Code = E7000)
(Tray Ejection)

Error Notification to Status Management Task


Plate Sensor
OFF (Error Code = E7001)
(Plate Attached)

2 Error Notification to Status Management Task


V-SYNC Sensor
ON (Error Code = E7002)
(Plate Attached)
2.6 Behavior Explained

Cassette Sensor
Error Notification to Status Management Task
ON (Error Code = E7003)
(Cassette Attached)

Cassette Status Monitor


notified that Cassette
Insertion Monitoring will
begin

Normal Shutdown Abnormal Shutdown

Moving into Optical Device Operation Check Status

Polygon Rotation Begins


Polygon Rotation Stability Standby Timer Begins

Polygon Rotation Polygon Lock Detected


Check in Progress

Timeout Polygon Rotation Stability Standby Timer Stops


Laser ON (half size 87.5 μm setting)

PID Signal Detection PID Signal Detection Failure


Standby
PID Signal Detection OK

Laser OFF Laser OFF


Polygon stopped Polygon stopped

2-20 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Moving into Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check Status

Eraser LED ON
Eraser LED Cooling Fan ON
Error Monitor Timer Begins

Eraser LED Error Detection Timeout


Error Signal Monitoring

Erase Fan Error Detection


Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED OFF
Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF

2
2.6.4 Erase Operation

2.6 Behavior Explained


When the device's status is READY, holding down the Erase switch for at least 2 seconds will put it into Erase Mode status. Loading a cassette
while the Erase Lamp is blinking will start the Erase operation.
The Erase operation adjusts to the plate status to perform at the optimal speed.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 2-21


Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.7 Cassette/Plate Handling 2.8 Tools, Instruments, Jigs, etc.


Carefully adhere to the following instructions when handling a Needed for Service
cassette or plate.
The following tools, instruments, jigs are needed to service this
IMPORTANT device.
Only cassettes and plates exclusively produced for this Jig / Tool Comment
device can be used with it. Rigid cassettes that are
Standard Tools The tray is used to store
used with REGIUS MODEL 110 etc. cannot be used. loose screws and parts.
• Phillips-head screwdriver
(#1 bit): for cassette
Maintaining image quality • Phillips-head screwdriver
(#2 bit): for device
• Always make sure the plate's reading surface has not
been scratched or contaminated with foreign objects. • Flathead screwdriver
• Hex wrench
• If you find any foreign objects on the plate's reading
surface, immediately clean it off.
• Wrench
• Nippers
• When handling a plate, wear the proper type of gloves
• Tray
according to film handling.
2 • Keep the plate away from sunlight. A static electricity
countermeasure type wristband
• If the plate is exposed to fluorescent light during cleaning, (for grounding)
etc. make sure to complete the task as quickly as
2.7 Cassette/Plate Handling

possible and immediately load the plate into the cassette Laser safety glasses Capable of protecting against
when finished. 659 nm laser wavelength
• Do not let the cassette get scratched or dirty. Tester

Transport & storage Gloves


• Follow the specifications below in regards to temperature Portable vacuum cleaner Used to clean the plate's
and humidity. feeding path.
- Temperature: 10 to 30 °C
Cloth Used to clean the device's
- Humidity: 15 to 80% RH (with no condensation) external parts after servicing.
• Do not expose it to X-rays,  rays or any other sort of
Plastic sheet Use to cover light collection
radiation. unit when removing them to
• A plate which has been unsealed must be loaded and keep dust out.
stored in the cassette.
Cloth, cardboard, etc.
• Do not drop or bump the cassette.
• Stand the cassette in a rack for storage during operation. Maintenance PC

USB Cable Used to connect a


Things to confirm before insertion maintenance PC to the
To prevent trouble during feed of the plate, insert the cassette only device.
after confirming the following points.
A 14" × 17" size cassette and Used when performing
• Make sure the cassette has not been altered in form or plate oblique light adjustment. (If
damaged.If the cassette is found to have a problem, do not possessed by the user)
not insert it into the device.
• Confirm that no memo clips, paper, or other such objects
are caught inside. Supplies
• Confirm that the cassette is locked. Jig / Tool Comment

Alcohol
Disposal
• Refer to "1.3.6 Disposal Cautions (Page 1-5)" Zip ties

Snap bands

2-22 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter
Chapter 3
3 Troubleshooting
An explanation of the various methods for dealing with device-related
troubles.
3
3.1 Work Flow.................................................................................3-2
3.2 Recovery Operation .................................................................3-2

Troubleshooting
3.3 How to Retrieve Logs...............................................................3-3
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures.........................3-4
3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed
as error messages..................................................................3-70
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.1 Work Flow 3.2 Recovery Operation


The following flow provides countermeasures to various issues When an error occurs, restart this device and check if the error
that may occur with the device. occurs again. The following is an explanation on how to restart.
Problem Countermeasure Flow CAUTION
1. If the plate is still inside the device, If the plate is still inside the device, remove it before
remove it. performing a recovery operation.
2. Restart the device.
For details on how to eject a plate, refer to the operation
- Refer to "3.2 Recovery manual.
Operation (Page 3-2)".
3. Check if the error occurs again.
4. Refer to "3.4 Error Message 1. Open and close the upper door.
An error message is displayed Content & Countermeasures (Page
on the ImagePilot for this 3-4)" and perform the appropriate
problem. countermeasure.

If unable to perform the


countermeasure.
Contact our service window with a
detailed explanation of the problem
(refer to " Contact Information").

3
Refer to "3.5 Countermeasures for
dealing with problems not displayed
as error messages (Page 3-70)" and
3.1 Work Flow

perform the appropriate


countermeasure.
If the plate is still inside the device, Opening and closing the upper Door triggers the device's
An error message is not remove it before doing anything else. initialization process.
displayed on the ImagePilot for
this problem. HINT

If unable to perform the Opening/closing any other door on the device will also work.
countermeasure. The initialization process will be triggered in the same
Contact our service window with a fashion.
detailed explanation of the problem
(refer to " Contact Information").
If a sensor, etc. has gone bad, the initialization process will be
halted, and the error will occur again.
Contact Information
When contacting our service window regarding a problem, provide Dealing with a Service Call Error
the following information with as much detail as possible.
Item Content If a V-SYNC error occurs during the image read process, or a basic
operation failure occurs in the base board (RAM/ROM cannot be
Log, etc. • When trouble occurs with the device, extract a accessed), the reader will be in Service Call Error status. Opening/
device log etc. from the ImagePilot.
(refer to "3.3 How to Retrieve Logs")
closing the door or turning the power OFF/ON will not correct the
error in this case.
• If a defective image is created, compile the
following log from the ImagePilot. If a Service Call Error (Error code 7118, 7125, 7318, etc.) occurs,
- App Log repair/replace the part that caused the error, then have a service
- System Log
engineer perform the following steps for recovery.
- Reader Log
- JM Log
1. Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an
ImagePilot connected to this device.
Facility connection The [Service Tool] screen will be displayed for reader
format settings.
Recovery information • Did the device recover with the door opened/
closed? 2. Select [Reader Settings], then click the [Settings]
• Did the breaker have to be switched OFF/ button for [Unit test].
ON?

System Information

Image Data If a defective image is created, make a backup of


the defective image from the ImagePilot.

Other Details

3-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

The [Unit test] screen is displayed. 3.3 How to Retrieve Logs


This section describes how to retrieve logs.

IMPORTANT
Retrieve logs before powering ON/OFF.

1. Launch the reader setting service tool using Image


Pilot with this device connected.
The [Service Tool] screen for reader setting is displayed.

2. Select [Reader Setting] and click on the [Setting]


button of [Reader log].
3. Click the [Clear Service Call error] button. The [Reader log] screen is displayed.
The error will be cleared.

4. Turn the device power OFF and ON.

3. Click the [Get reader log] button.


The behavior depends on the Image Pilot version.
• For V1.50/1.51 3
The log is stored in the following location:
C:¥Konicaminolta¥kim¥Server¥ReaderSetting¥Prog¥

3.3 How to Retrieve Logs


Pegasus¥ ~ Board Number ~ ¥Log¥
Board number example r170-0001_A1P5H1010-00050
• V1.52 or higher
Select the save destination folder from the [Browse for
Folder] screen, and click the [OK] button.

The log is saved in the selected folder.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-3


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


3.4.1 70xx: Initialization Errors

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7000 Tray ejection detected during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is detecting the
initialization tray.
• Deformation of detector
When sensors are checked If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
upon initialization:
• Cassette not removed
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • Foreign object
the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
ejection) • No solid connection
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-(JP30-1)
• Disconnection (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
• MAIN_BOARD - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing)
2. Change the main board.
3. Replace the upper insertion unit.
7001 Plate detection during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects a plate.
initialization • Plate not removed If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
3 When sensors are checked - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
upon initialization:
• Foreign object
• No solid connection Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1)
• Plate Sensor is OFF. (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
(There is a plate.) • Disconnection
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1)


• MAIN_BOARD
(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
malfunction
Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.
7002 Plate detection via V-SYNC • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is working.
during initialization • Deformation of detector If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When sensors are checked - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
upon initialization:
• Detector not securely
attached detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. attached.
(There is a plate.)
• Plate not removed
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)-
• Foreign object
(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
• No solid connection Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
• Disconnection - Change the sensor.
• MAIN_BOARD 2. Change the main board.
malfunction

3-4 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7003 Cassette L/R lock detection • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4,
during initialization Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When sensors are checked If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as
upon initialization: • Plate not removed
required:
• Size Detection Sensors 1 • Foreign object
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
to 4 are in any status other • No solid connection the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
than "no cassette • Disconnection Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
detected." • MAIN_BOARD (MCN7) is working.
• Cassette Sensor is ON. malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
(There is a cassette.) (MCN7) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working. 3
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the
sensor.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left
Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper
insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing)
2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor is working.
If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
3. Change the main board.
4. Replace the upper insertion unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-5


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7004 Cassette L lock detection • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4
during initialization and Cassette Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When sensors are checked If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as
upon initialization: • Plate not removed
required:
• Size Detection Sensors 1 • Foreign object
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
to 4 are in any status other • No solid connection the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
than "no cassette • Disconnection Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
detected." • MAIN_BOARD (MCN7) is working.
• Cassette Sensor is OFF. malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
(There is no cassette.) (MCN7) is working.
• Right Cassette Lock Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
Sensor is ON. (unlocked) (MCN6) is working.
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
is OFF. (locked) (MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the
sensor.
3 - If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 or Cassette Sensor is
malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not
require replacing)
2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor is working.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:


- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
3. Change the main board.
4. Replace the upper insertion unit.

7005 Cassette R lock detection • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4,
during initialization • Deformation of detector Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working.
When sensors are checked If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as
upon initialization:
• Plate not removed
required:
• Size Detection Sensors 1 • Foreign object
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
to 4 are in any status other • No solid connection the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
than "no cassette • Disconnection Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
detected." • MAIN_BOARD (MCN7) is working.
• Cassette Sensor is OFF. malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
(There is no cassette.) (MCN7) is working.
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
is ON. (unlocked) (MCN6) is working.
• Right Cassette Lock Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
Sensor is OFF. (locked) (MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the
sensor.
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left
Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper
insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing)
2. Change the main board.

3-6 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7006 Plate remnant detection • Sensor malfunction This error code indicates that a plate has been detected.To correct
during initialization this error, remove the detected plate.
• Deformation of detector
When the sensor searches for
a plate during initialization: • Detector not securely
attached If this error code continues to be displayed, V-SYNC Sensor or
• A plate is detected. Plate Sensor may be malfunctioning.
• Plate not removed
1. Use the service tool to confirm that V-SYNC Sensor and Plate
• Foreign object
Sensor are working.
If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as
required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely
attached.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)-
(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1)
(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1)
(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 3
- Change the sensor.
7007 Tray HP Sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are
initialization working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


• Deformation of detector
When the tray is ejected from If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
HP during initialization:
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
• When Tray Motor moves • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
the tray from HP: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
- Tray HP Sensor is OFF. • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
(light interception) malfunction
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is
working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7008 Tray HP Ejection Sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are
during initialization working.
• Deformation of detector
When the tray is ejected from If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
HP during initialization:
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
• When Tray Motor ejected • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
the tray from HP: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
- Tray HP Sensor is ON. • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
(transparent) malfunction
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is
working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7009 Loose sub-scan connector • Old FPGA version. 1. Check the version of the FPGA and update it when the version is
detection during initialization older than V110R00001.
• No solid connection
During initialization: 2. Check the wiring between main board and sub-scan unit.
• Disconnection
• Sensor detected that a - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
sub-scan connecter is • (Sensor malfunction)
From (JP36-1)(JP36-2) to (MCN5)
loose. • (MAIN_BOARD
malfunction) - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
3. Change the main board.

HINT
This error code indicates that three connectors for sub-scan unit are
loose.Please make sure that all connections are secure after replacing
unit or taking other corrective actions.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-7


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7010 Loading NIP ejection from • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
HP error during initialization NIP HP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Loading NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
ejects NIP from HP during • Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
initialization: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Loading NIP HP Sensor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
did not detect any change. • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
malfunction (MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7011 Loading NIP HP ejection HP / • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
lock release sensor error NIP HP Sensor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When Loading NIP Motor
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
3 ejects NIP from HP during • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
initialization: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Loading NIP HP Sensor • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
and Tray Lock Release malfunction (MCN4) is working.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Sensor did not detect any


Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
change.
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.
7012 Loading NIP HP ejection HP / • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
lock release / open/close • Deformation of detector NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/
sensor error during Close Sensor are working.
initialization
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection and replace parts as required:
ejects NIP from HP during • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
initialization: • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
• Loading NIP HP Sensor, malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
Tray Lock Release Sensor (MCN4) is working.
and Loading NIP Open/
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
Close Sensor did not
(MCN6) is working.
detect any change.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-8 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7013 Loading NIP HP ejection lock • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock
release sensor error during Release Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When Loading NIP Motor ejects• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:

NIP from HP during initialization: No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Lock Release Sensor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
did not detect any change. • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
malfunction (MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7014 Loading NIP HP ejection lock


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock
release / open/close sensor Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
error during initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor

When Loading NIP Motor ejects
Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:

NIP from HP during initialization: No solid connection 3
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Lock Release Sensor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
and Loading NIP Open/ • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
Close Sensor did not malfunction (MCN4) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


detect any change.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.
7015 Loading NIP HP ejection and • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
Loading NIP Open/Close • Deformation of detector NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
Sensor error during If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
initialization
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
When Loading NIP Motor ejects • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
NIP from HP during initialization: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Loading NIP Open/Close • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
Sensor did not detect any malfunction (MCN4) is working.
change.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-9


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7016 Loading NIP HP ejection HP / • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
open/close sensor error NIP HP Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When Loading NIP Motor • Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
ejects NIP from HP during • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
initialization: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Loading NIP HP Sensor • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
and Loading NIP Open/ malfunction (MCN4) is working.
Close Sensor did not
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
detect any change.
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7017 Loading NIP HP Passing • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor is
Loading NIP HP error during working.
• Deformation of detector
3 initialization If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When scanning is re-erased:
• Motor malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
deformation of detector.
has passed HP: • Disconnection
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Loading NIP HP Sensor • MAIN_BOARD (MCN6) is working.


is OFF. (light interception) malfunction
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7018 Sub-scan NIP HP ejection • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
entrance NIP sensor error Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor

When the tray is ejected from
Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
HP during initialization: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
• When sub-scan NIP motor • Disconnection detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at
completes HP ejection: • MAIN_BOARD entrance may be loose.)
- Entrance NIP Sensor is malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4)
ON. (Entrance NIP is is working.
open.) Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)-
(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7019 Sub-scan NIP HP ejection exit


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP
NIP sensor error during Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor

When the tray is ejected from
Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
HP during initialization: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When sub-scan NIP motor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
completes HP ejection: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4)
- Exit NIP Sensor is OFF. malfunction is working.
(Exit NIP is closed.) Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is
working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.
7020 Inerasable cassette detection - This error code indicates that a cassette is inserted during
After the sensor detects initialization.To correct this error, remove the cassette.
incomplete insertion of a
cassette during initialization:
• Cassette is locked inside
when it is being removed.

3-10 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7021 Tray HP Ejection Sensor • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are
malfunction during working.
• Deformation of detector
initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When the tray is ejected from • Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
HP during initialization: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When Tray Motor ejects a • Disconnection deformation of detector.
tray from HP: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Tray HP Sensor did not malfunction
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is
detect any change. working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7022 Loading NIP Sensor error No cassette A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding
when cassette lock release command during a unit test.
When cassette is being
unlocked:
• Loading NIP HP Sensor is
ON (transparent) or Tray 3
Lock Release Sensor is
OFF (light interception).
Main unit/erase identification • The eraser unit for  is 1. Check the eraser unit.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


7023
error during initialization installed. If the eraser unit for  (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD) is
During initialization installed, replace it with the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD,
• Eraser unit malfunction
• The erase identification (LED2_BOARD or LED_DRIVE2_BOARD).
detected it as the eraser LED_DRIVE2_BOARD 2. Change the eraser unit.
unit for , although the malfunction) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected, and replace wires as
main unit identification is required:
• Disconnection
II. (disconnection of a bundle Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
wire, etc.) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
• MAIN_BOARD (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working.
malfunction 4. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-11


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.2 71xx: Sensor Errors


For sensor errors, please take the following steps:
1. Check the sensor-side connector.
2. Check the relay connectors between main device and other devices.
3. Confirm that motor is working.
4. Check interaction between motor and detector.
 in the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off.In order to
clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)".

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7100 Tray HP Sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Tray HP Sensor is
cassette insertion working.
• Deformation of detector
When a cassette is being If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
inserted:
• No solid connection
• Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray HP Sensor is ON. deformation of detector.
(transparent) • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
malfunction
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
3 2. Change the main board.

7101 Tray Sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is
cassette insertion detecting the tray.
• Deformation of detector
When a cassette is being If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

inserted:
• No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • Disconnection
deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
ejection) • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
malfunction
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing)
2. Change the main board.

7102 Loading NIP HP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor
during cassette insertion is working.
• Deformation of detector
When a cassette is being If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
inserted: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• Loading NIP HP Sensor is • Disconnection
deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
ON. (transparent) • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
malfunction
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7103 Lock release sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during cassette insertion Tray Lock Release Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When a cassette is being If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
inserted: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• Tray Lock Release Sensor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
is OFF. (light interception) • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
malfunction (MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-12 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7104 Loading NIP open/close • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
sensor error during cassette Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
insertion If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When a cassette is being • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
inserted: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Loading NIP Open/Close • Disconnection deformation of detector.
Sensor is OFF. (light • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
interception) malfunction (MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7105 Plate detection sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects
during cassette insertion a plate.
• No solid connection
When a cassette is being If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Disconnection
inserted: - Confirm that all connectors are secure. 3
• Plate Sensor is OFF. • MAIN_BOARD
malfunction Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(There is a plate.) (JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7106 V-SYNC sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is
cassette insertion working.
• Deformation of detector
When a cassette is being If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
inserted:
• Detector not securely
attached - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
(There is a plate.) • No solid connection
detector is securely attached.
• Disconnection
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
• MAIN_BOARD (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
malfunction
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7107 Loading NIP Sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during scanning tray lock Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
release Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
When Loading NIP Motor • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes unlocking the tray• No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
for scanning: • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Three loading NIP sensors • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
are malfunctioning. malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-13


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7108 Tray detection sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during read/lowering of NIP Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Loading NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes lowering the • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
loading NIP for scanning: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Disconnection deformation of detector.
ejection) • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7109 Tray HP Sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP
scanning tray ejection Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Tray Motor ejects the If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
tray for scanning: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• No solid connection
3 • Tray HP Sensor is OFF. - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
(light interception) • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
malfunction working.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-


(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7110 Plate Sensor error during • No plate in the cassette 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Plate Sensor
scanning tray ejection are working.
• Sensor malfunction
When Tray Motor ejects the If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
tray for scanning:
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
is no plate.) • Disconnection
Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
• MAIN_BOARD working.
malfunction
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7111 Tray Sensor error during • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor
scanning tray ejection are working.
• Sensor malfunction
When Tray Motor ejects the If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
tray for scanning:
• Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Motor malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
ejection) • No solid connection deformation of detector.
• Disconnection Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
• MAIN_BOARD working.
malfunction Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-14 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7112 Loading NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during read/lowering of NIP Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor,and
• Deformation of detector
When Loading NIP Motor Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
completes lowering the • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
loading NIP for scanning: • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
• Three loading NIP sensors • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
are malfunctioning. • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.) 3
2. Change the main board.

7113 Loading NIP Sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during raising scanning tray Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


Deformation of detector
When Loading NIP Motor Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.

completes raising the tray for
Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
scanning: • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
• Three loading NIP sensors • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
are malfunctioning. • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7114 Tray Sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
scanning/loading/feeding Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Loading/Feeding Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes feed a plate for
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
scanning: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Disconnection deformation of detector.
ejection) • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
malfunction working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-15


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7115 Entrance NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
during read/sub-scan/NIP HP Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
removal If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Sub-scan NIP Motor • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
completes HP ejection for • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Entrance NIP Sensor is • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
ON (entrance NIP is open) malfunction (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
or OFF (entrance NIP is
Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
closed).
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
This OFF state will soon be
turned to ON (entrance NIP
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
is open). - Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.
3. Replace sub-scan drive Assy.
7116 Exit NIP sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
read/sub-scan/NIP HP • Deformation of detector Exit NIP Sensor are working.
removal If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Sub-scan NIP Motor
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
3 completes HP ejection for • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Exit NIP Sensor is OFF. • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
(Exit NIP is closed.) malfunction (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-


(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

3-16 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7117 Plate detection sensor error • Plate jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
during read/sub-scan/send Magnetic Clutch are working.
• Sensor malfunction
When Sub-scan Feeding Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
Motor completes feed a plate • Deformation of detector
directions.
for scanning: • Detector not securely If the motor runs fine, check belt tension.
attached
• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps
(There is no plate.) • Motor malfunction and replace parts as required:
• Plate Sensor is OFF. • No solid connection - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
(There is a plate.) • Disconnection Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
• Upper Door not installed working.
properly Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
• MAIN_BOARD - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction
- Replace motor/magnetic clutch.
2. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
directions.
If the motor runs fine, check belt tension.
If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps
and replace parts as required: 3
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-
(MCN4) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace motor.
3. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
V-SYNC Sensor and Plate Sensor are working.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
detector is securely attached.
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
5. Change the main board.

7118 V-SYNC sensor error during • Plate jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and 
scanning/loading/feeding V-SYNC Sensor are working.
• Sensor malfunction
When Loading/Feeding Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes feed a plate for • Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
scanning: • Detector not securely
attached
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
(There is no plate.) • Motor malfunction detector is securely attached.
This OFF state will soon • No solid connection Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
change to ON (with a • Disconnection working.
plate).(remains OFF) • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
malfunction (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-17


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7119 Entrance NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
during read/closing of exit NIP Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Sub-scan NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes closing exit NIP for • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
scanning: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• Entrance NIP Sensor is • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
ON. (Entrance NIP is • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.)
open.) malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7120 Exit NIP sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
read/closing of exit NIP Exit NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Sub-scan NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes closing exit NIP for • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• No solid connection
3 scanning: - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
(Exit NIP is open.) • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at exit may be loose.)
malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-
(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7121 Entrance NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
during read/opening of Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
entrance NIP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Sub-scan NIP Motor
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
completes opening entrance • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
NIP for scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Entrance NIP Sensor is • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
OFF. (Entrance NIP is malfunction (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
closed.)
Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7122 Exit NIP sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
read/opening of entrance NIP • Deformation of detector Exit NIP Sensor are working.
When Sub-scan NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes opening entrance
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
NIP for scanning: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
(Exit NIP is open.) • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at exit may be loose.)
malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-
(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

3-18 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7123 Entrance NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
during read/closing of Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
entrance NIP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Sub-scan NIP Motor • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
completes closing entrance • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
NIP for scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
• Entrance NIP Sensor is • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.)
ON. (Entrance NIP is malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
open.) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7124 Exit NIP sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
read/closing of entrance NIP Exit NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Sub-scan NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes closing entrance • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• No solid connection
NIP for scanning: - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no 3
• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
(Exit NIP is open.) • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at exit may be loose.)
malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-
(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7125 V-SYNC Sensor error as sub- • Plate jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and 
scan returns V-SYNC Sensor are working.
• Sensor malfunction
When Sub-scan Feeding If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
Motor completes return plate
• Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
for scanning: • Detector not securely
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• V-SYNC Sensor does not attached
deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
come on (with a plate) • Motor malfunction detector is securely attached.
when Sub-scan Feeding • No solid connection Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
Motor is returning the • Disconnection (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
plate, or the sensor
• MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
remains ON after the malfunction (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
operation is complete.
• Slipping of the slowdown - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
pulley and drive belt. - Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.
3. Treat the slowdown pulley surface.

7126 Tray Sensor error 1 during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor,
read/sub-scan/send • Deformation of detector V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working.
When Sub-scan Feeding If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
Motor completes feed a plate
• Detector not securely
sensor and replace parts as required:
attached
for scanning: - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Motor malfunction
deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
(There is a plate.) and Tray • No solid connection detector is securely attached.
Sensor is ON. (no tray • Disconnection Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
ejection) • MAIN_BOARD (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
malfunction Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-19


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7127 Tray Sensor error when • Plate jam 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
scanning NIP tray is being Tray Sensor are working.
• Sensor malfunction
lowered If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Loading NIP Motor • Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
completes opening roller NIP • Motor malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
and tray is lowered for • No solid connection deformation of detector.
scanning: • Disconnection Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • MAIN_BOARD (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
ejection) malfunction Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board. 
7128 Loading NIP Sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
when scanning NIP tray is Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor, and
• Deformation of detector
lowered Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Motor malfunction
3 When Loading NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes opening roller NIP • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
and tray is lowered for • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
scanning: • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Three loading NIP sensors malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
are malfunctioning. (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7129 Plate detection sensor error • Plate jam 1. Check cassette and plate.
during read/insertion/feed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
• Cassette defect
(return)
• Plate defect - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
When Loading/Feeding Motor slot.
completes returning a plate for • Sensor malfunction
scanning: • Motor malfunction
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
2. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
• Plate Sensor is OFF. • No solid connection
Plate Sensor are working.
(There is a plate.) • Disconnection
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
• MAIN_BOARD sensor and replace parts as required:
malfunction - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
3. Change the main board. 

3-20 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7130 Size detection error during • Wrong cassette (not 1. Check to see that the link spring of lower insertion unit is
cassette insertion supported by this device) intact.
After inserting a cassette and
• Sensor malfunction 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor
position control operation is 1 to 4 are working.
launched:
• No solid connection
If any are not working, take the following steps and replace
• None of Size Detection • Disconnection
parts as required:
Sensor 1 to 4 matches any • MAIN_BOARD
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
cassette size. malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)
(JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)
(JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace
the sensor.
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace 3
the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing)
3. Change the main board. 

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


7131 Tray HP Sensor error when • Cassette defect 1. Confirm that cassette tray can be inserted/ejected smoothly.
scanning tray returns If not, replace the cassette.
• Deformation of detector
When Tray Motor completes 2. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP
returning the tray for • Sensor malfunction
Sensor are working.
scanning: • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
• Tray HP Sensor is ON. • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
(transparent) • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
malfunction Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
3. Change the main board.

7132 Tray Sensor error when • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor
scanning tray returns are working.
• Sensor malfunction
When Tray Motor completes If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
returning the tray for • Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
scanning: • Motor malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • No solid connection deformation of detector.
ejection) • Disconnection Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
• MAIN_BOARD working.
malfunction Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-21


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7133 Lock sensor error during • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
read/cassette lock release Cassette Lock Sensor Left/Right are working.
• Sensor malfunction
When Loading NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes unlocking the • Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
cassette for scanning: • Motor malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• Either Left or Right • No solid connection deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
Cassette Lock Sensor is • Disconnection Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
OFF. (locked) • MAIN_BOARD (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
malfunction Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7134 Tray Sensor error when • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
releasing scanning cassette Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
3 lock
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Loading NIP Motor sensor and replace parts as required:
completes unlocking the • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
cassette for scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
ejection) malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7135 Loading NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during read/cassette lock Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
release Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
When Loading NIP Motor • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes unlocking the • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
cassette for scanning: • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Three loading NIP sensors • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
are malfunctioning. malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-22 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7136 Plate long check error during • Wrong length plate 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor
read/sub-scan/send inserted properly detects cassette size.
When Sub-scan Feeding • Plate jam If any are not working, take the following steps and replace
Motor is feeding a plate for parts as required:
scanning:
• Sensor malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• The feeding distance by • Deformation of detector
deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
Sub-scan Feeding Motor • Detector not securely
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)
(from V-SYNC Sensor is attached
(JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
ON to OFF) differs from • Feeding guide malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)
inserted cassette plate • Foreign object in feeding (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
length. path
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)
• Feeding roller slippage (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
• Motor malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)
• No solid connection (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
• Disconnection - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
• MAIN_BOARD - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace
malfunction the sensor.
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace
the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require 3
replacing)
2. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
- Confirm that spring is intact.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


- Confirm that there is no deformation.
- Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
3. Check feeding path.
- Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
- Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
- Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
- Confirm that roller has any condensation.
4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
V-SYNC Sensor are working.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
5. Change the main board.

7137 No cassette when controlling No cassette A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding
cassette position and command during a unit test.
releasing cassette lock
When cassette position
control and unlocking
operations are initiated:
• Either Cassette Sensor or
Cassette Lock Sensor Left/
Right is OFF.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-23


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7138 Tray Sensor error 2 during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
read/sub-scan/send Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Sub-scan Feeding If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
Motor completes feed a plate • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
for scanning: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, and there is no
• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF • Disconnection deformation of detector.
(There is no plate.) and • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray malfunction (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
ejection)
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7139 V-SYNC Sensor error 2 during • Plate jam 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
scanning/loading/feeding/ - Confirm that spring is intact.
• Deformation of detector
returning
• Detector not securely - Confirm that there is no deformation.
When Loading/Feeding Motor
completes returning a plate for attached - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path.
3 scanning:
- Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Foreign object in feeding
(There is a plate.) path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

is no plate.) • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation.


• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate.
ejection) • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
• Sensor malfunction slot.
• Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
• No solid connection 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor,
• Disconnection Magnetic Clutch, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are
working.
• MAIN_BOARD
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
malfunction
directions.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace motor/magnetic clutch/sensor.
5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
6. Change the main board.

3-24 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7143 V-SYNC sensor error 2 when • Plate jam 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
sub-scan - Confirm that spring is intact.
• Deformation of detector
When Sub-scan Feeding - Confirm that there is no deformation.
Motor completes feed a plate • Detector not securely
for scanning:
attached - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path.
(There is a plate.) • Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
ejection) • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
• Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation.
• Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate.
• Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
• Sensor malfunction slot.
• Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
• No solid connection 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
• Disconnection Magnetic Clutch are working.
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
• MAIN_BOARD
directions.
malfunction
If the motor runs fine, check belt tension.
3
If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps
and replace parts as required:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace motor/magnetic clutch.
5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
6. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor, V-
SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
7. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-25


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7144 V-SYNC Sensor error 1 during • Plate jam 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
scanning/loading/feeding/ - Confirm that spring is intact.
• Deformation of detector
returning - Confirm that there is no deformation.
When Loading/Feeding Motor • Detector not securely
completes returning a plate for
attached - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
scanning: • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path.
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
(There is a plate.) path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
is no plate.) • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation.
• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate.
ejection) • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
• Sensor malfunction slot.
• Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
• No solid connection 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
• Disconnection Magnetic Clutch are working.V-SYNC Sensor are working.
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
• MAIN_BOARD
directions.
3 malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is


working.
Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/magnetic clutch/sensor.
5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
6. Change the main board.
7145 Plate detection sensor error • Plate jam 1. Check feeding path.
during read/sub-scan/return • Feeding guide malfunction - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
When Sub-scan Feeding
• Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
Motor completes returning a
plate for scanning:
path - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that roller has any condensation.
is no plate.) • Upper door not installed 2. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
properly alignment.)
• Sensor malfunction 3. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
Plate Sensor are working.
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
• No solid connection
sensor and replace parts as required:
• Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
• MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
malfunction
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
4. Change the main board.

3-26 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7146 Loading NIP open/close • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
sensor error during read/sub- Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
scan/send If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Sub-scan Feeding • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
Motor completes feed a plate • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
for scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Loading NIP Open/Close • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
Sensor is ON malfunction (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
(transparent).
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7147 Tray Sensor error during • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
scanning/loading/NIP closing Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Loading NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes closing the loading
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
NIP for scanning: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Disconnection deformation of detector. 3
ejection) • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7148 Loading NIP sensor error • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during lowering of notch to Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Sensor malfunction
regulated position Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.

After inserting a cassette and Deformation of detector
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or

position control operation is Motor malfunction sensor and replace parts as required:
launched: • No solid connection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Three loading NIP sensors • Disconnection deformation of detector.
are malfunctioning. • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-27


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7149 Plate detection sensor error • No plate 1. Check cassette.


during read/lowering of NIP - Confirm that there is a cassette.
• Cassette defect
When Loading NIP Motor - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to
completes lowering the • Sensor malfunction
cassette plate loading lever.
loading NIP for scanning: • Motor malfunction
- Check to see that tray can be inserted/ejected without
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There • No solid connection
any problem.
is no plate.) • Disconnection
2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
• MAIN_BOARD Plate Sensor are working.
malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
3 - Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
3. Change the main board.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7150 Tray Sensor error while • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
raising tray for scanning Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
When Loading NIP Motor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes raising the tray for• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
scanning: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Disconnection deformation of detector.
ejection) • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7151 Loading NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during read/insertion/opening Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
of NIP Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
When Loading NIP Motor
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes opening the • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
loading NIP for scanning: • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Three loading NIP sensors • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
are malfunctioning. malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-28 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7152 Loading NIP sensor error • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
during read/insertion/closing Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
of NIP Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
When Loading NIP Motor • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or

completes closing the loading No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
NIP for scanning: • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Three loading NIP sensors • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
are malfunctioning. malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.) 3
2. Change the main board.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


3.4.3 72xx: Single Unit Operation Initialization Errors

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7200 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is detecting the
ejection detection during • Deformation of detector tray.
initialization If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When sensors are checked
• Cassette not removed
• Foreign object
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
upon initialization: the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • No solid connection
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-(JP30-1)
ejection) • Disconnection (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
• MAIN_BOARD - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing)
2. Change the main board.

7201 Single unit operation: Plate • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects a plate.
detection during initialization If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Plate not removed
When sensors are checked - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
upon initialization:
• Foreign object
• No solid connection Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1)
• Plate Sensor is OFF. (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
(There is a plate.) • Disconnection
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1)
• MAIN_BOARD
(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
malfunction
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7202 Single unit operation: Plate • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is working.
detection via V-SYNC during • Deformation of detector If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
initialization - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
When sensors are checked
• Detector not securely
attached detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely
upon initialization: attached.
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Plate not removed
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)-
(There is a plate.) • Foreign object
(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
• No solid connection
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
• Disconnection
- Change the sensor.
• MAIN_BOARD
2. Change the main board.
malfunction

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-29


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7203 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4
Cassette L/R lock detection and Cassette Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during initialization If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as
When sensors are checked • Plate not removed
required:
upon initialization: • Foreign object
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
• Size Detection Sensors 1 • No solid connection the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
to 4 are in any status other • Disconnection Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
than "no cassette • MAIN_BOARD (MCN7) is working.
detected." malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
• Cassette Sensor is ON. (MCN7) is working.
(There is a cassette.)
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the
sensor.
3 - If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 or Cassette Sensor is
malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not
require replacing)
2. Change the main board.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7204 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4,
Cassette L lock detection Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during initialization If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as
When sensors are checked • Plate not removed
required:
upon initialization: • Foreign object
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
• Size Detection Sensors 1 • No solid connection the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
to 4 are in any status other • Disconnection Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
than "no cassette • MAIN_BOARD (MCN7) is working.
detected." malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
• Cassette Sensor is OFF. (MCN7) is working.
(There is no cassette.)
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
• Right Cassette Lock (MCN6) is working.
Sensor is ON. (unlocked)
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor (MCN6) is working.
is OFF. (locked)
Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the
sensor.
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left
Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper
insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing)
2. Change the main board.

3-30 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7205 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4,
Cassette R lock detection Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during initialization If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as
When sensors are checked • Plate not removed
required:
upon initialization: • Foreign object
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
• Size Detection Sensors 1 • No solid connection the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
to 4 are in any status other • Disconnection Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
than "no cassette • MAIN_BOARD (MCN7) is working.
detected." malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)-
• Cassette Sensor is OFF. (MCN7) is working.
(There is no cassette.)
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor (MCN6) is working.
is ON. (unlocked)
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
• Right Cassette Lock (MCN6) is working.
Sensor is OFF. (locked)
Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working. 3
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the
sensor.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left
Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper
insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing)
2. Change the main board.

7206 Single unit operation: Plate • Sensor malfunction This error code indicates that a plate has been detected.To correct
remnant detection during this error, remove the detected plate.
• Deformation of detector
initialization
When the sensor searches for
• Plate not removed
a plate during initialization: • Foreign object
• A plate is detected.
7207 Single unit operation: Tray HP • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are
Sensor error during working.
• Deformation of detector
initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When the tray is ejected from
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
HP during initialization: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When Tray Motor moves • Disconnection deformation of detector.
the tray from HP: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Tray HP Sensor is OFF. malfunction
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is
(light interception) working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7208 Single unit operation: Tray HP • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are
Ejection Sensor error during working.
• Deformation of detector
initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When the tray is ejected from • Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
HP during initialization: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When Tray Motor ejected • Disconnection deformation of detector.
the tray from HP: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Tray HP Sensor is ON. malfunction
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is
(transparent) working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-31


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7209 Single unit operation: Loose • Old FPGA version. 1. Check the version of the FPGA and update it when the version is
sub-scan connector detection older than V110R00001.
• Sensor malfunction
during initialization 2. Check the wiring between main board and sub-scan unit.
During initialization: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
• Sensor detected that a • Disconnection
From (JP36-1)(JP36-2) to (MCN5)
sub-scan connecter is • MAIN_BOARD
malfunction - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
loose.
3. Change the main board.

7210 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
Loading NIP ejection from HP • Deformation of detector NIP HP Sensor are working.
error during initialization If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
When Loading NIP Motor
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
ejects NIP from HP during • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
initialization: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Loading NIP HP Sensor • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
did not detect any change. malfunction (MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
3 - Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7211 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
Loading NIP HP ejection HP / NIP HP Sensor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
lock release sensor error If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
during initialization
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
ejects NIP from HP during • Disconnection deformation of detector.
initialization: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
• Loading NIP HP Sensor malfunction (MCN4) is working.
and Tray Lock Release
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
Sensor did not detect any
(MCN6) is working.
change.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7212 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
Loading NIP HP ejection HP / NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/
• Deformation of detector
lock release / open/close Close Sensor are working.
sensor error during
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
initialization • No solid connection and replace parts as required:
When Loading NIP Motor • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
ejects NIP from HP during • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
initialization: malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
• Loading NIP HP Sensor, (MCN4) is working.
Tray Lock Release Sensor
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
and Loading NIP Open/
(MCN6) is working.
Close Sensor did not
detect any change. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-32 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7213 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock
Loading NIP HP ejection lock Release Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
release sensor error during If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
initialization • Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
ejects NIP from HP during • Disconnection deformation of detector.
initialization: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
• Tray Lock Release Sensor malfunction (MCN4) is working.
did not detect any change.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7214 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock
Loading NIP HP ejection lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
release / open/close sensor If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
error during initialization
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection 3
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
ejects NIP from HP during • Disconnection deformation of detector.
initialization: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
• Tray Lock Release Sensor malfunction (MCN4) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


and Loading NIP Open/
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
Close Sensor did not
(MCN6) is working.
detect any change.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.
7215 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
Loading NIP HP ejection and • Deformation of detector NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
Loading NIP Open/Close If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
Sensor error during
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
initialization • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
When Loading NIP Motor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
ejects NIP from HP during • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
initialization: malfunction (MCN4) is working.
• Loading NIP Open/Close
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1)
Sensor did not detect any
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
change.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-33


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7216 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading
Loading NIP HP ejection HP / NIP HP Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
open/close sensor error If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
during initialization • Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:
When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
ejects NIP from HP during • Disconnection deformation of detector.
initialization: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-
• Loading NIP HP Sensor malfunction (MCN4) is working.
and Loading NIP Open/
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
Close Sensor did not
(MCN6) is working.
detect any change.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7218 Single unit operation: Sub-


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
scan NIP HP ejection entrance Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
3 NIP sensor error during If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
initialization
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:

When the tray is ejected from No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of
HP during initialization: • Disconnection detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• When sub-scan NIP motor • MAIN_BOARD entrance may be loose.)


completes HP ejection: malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4)
- Entrance NIP Sensor is is working.
ON. (Entrance NIP is Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)-
open.) (JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7219 Single unit operation: Sub-


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP
scan NIP HP ejection exit NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
sensor error during If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor
initialization
• Motor malfunction
and replace parts as required:

When the tray is ejected from No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
HP during initialization: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• When sub-scan NIP motor • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4)
completes HP ejection: malfunction is working.
- Exit NIP Sensor is OFF. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is
(Exit NIP is closed.) working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7220 Single unit operation: - This error code indicates that a cassette is inserted during
Inerasable cassette detection initialization.
After the sensor detects
1. Open the upper door and remove cassette while pulling the lever.
incomplete insertion of a
cassette during initialization:
• Cassette is locked inside
when it is being removed.

7221 Single unit operation: No cassette A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding
cassette tray ejection failure command during a unit test.
Tray cannot be ejected due to
cassette bolt mechanism
failure to unlock.

3-34 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7223 Single unit operation: Main • The eraser unit for  is 1. Check the eraser unit.
unit/erase identification error installed. If the eraser unit for  (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD) is
during initialization • Eraser unit malfunction installed, replace it with the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD,
During initialization LED_DRIVE2_BOARD).
(LED2_BOARD or
• The erase identification LED_DRIVE2_BOARD 2. Change the eraser unit.
detected it as the eraser malfunction) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected, and replace wires as
unit for , although the • Disconnection required:
main unit identification is Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
(disconnection of a bundle
II. (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
wire, etc.)
• MAIN_BOARD (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working.
malfunction 4. Change the main board.

7224 Single unit operation: Main • The eraser unit for II is 1. Check the eraser unit.
unit/erase identification error installed. If the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD, LED_DRIVE2_BOARD) is
during initialization installed, replace it with the eraser unit for  (LED_BOARD,
• Eraser unit malfunction
During initialization LED_DRIVE_BOARD).
(LED2_BOARD or
• The erase identification LED_DRIVE2_BOARD 2. Change the eraser unit.
detected it as the eraser malfunction) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected, and replace wires as
unit for II, although the required:
• Disconnection
main unit identification is . Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3
(disconnection of a bundle
wire, etc.) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
• MAIN_BOARD (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working.
malfunction 4. Change the main board.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


3.4.4 73xx: Single Unit Operation Sensor Errors
For sensor errors, please take the following steps:
1. Check the sensor-side connector.
2. Check the relay connectors between main device and other devices.
3. Confirm that motor is working.
4. Check interaction between motor and detector.
 in the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off. In order to
clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)".
Possible causes if solutions
Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7300 Single unit operation: Tray HP • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Tray HP Sensor is
sensor error during cassette working.
• Deformation of detector
insertion If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When a cassette is being
• No solid connection
• Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
inserted: deformation of detector.
• Tray HP Sensor is ON. • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(transparent) malfunction
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7301 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is
Sensor error during cassette detecting the tray.
• Deformation of detector
insertion If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When a cassette is being
• No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
inserted: • Disconnection
deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
ejection) malfunction
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-35


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7302 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor
Loading NIP HP sensor error is working.
• No solid connection
during cassette insertion If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When a cassette is being • Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
inserted: • MAIN_BOARD
deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
malfunction
• Loading NIP HP Sensor is Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
ON. (transparent) 1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7303 Single unit operation: Lock • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
release sensor error during Tray Lock Release Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
cassette insertion If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When a cassette is being • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
inserted: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Tray Lock Release Sensor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
is OFF. (light interception) • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
3 Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be


replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7304 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP open/close Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
sensor error during cassette If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
insertion
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
When a cassette is being • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
inserted: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Loading NIP Open/Close • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
Sensor is OFF. (light malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
interception)
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7305 Single unit operation: Plate • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects
detection sensor error during a plate.
• No solid connection
cassette insertion If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When a cassette is being
• Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
inserted: • MAIN_BOARD
malfunction Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
• Plate Sensor is OFF. (JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
(There is a plate.)
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

3-36 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7306 Single unit operation: V-SYNC • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is
Sensor error during cassette working.
• Deformation of detector
insertion If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When a cassette is being • Detector not securely
attached - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
inserted: deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • No solid connection
detector is securely attached.
(There is a plate.) • Disconnection
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
• MAIN_BOARD (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
malfunction
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7307 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP Sensor error • Deformation of detector Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
during scanning tray lock Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
release
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes unlocking the • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
tray: malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) 3
- Three loading NIP (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
sensors are Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
malfunctioning. 1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7308 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Sensor error during lowering Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
the scanning NIP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes lowering the • Disconnection deformation of detector.
loading NIP: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
tray ejection) Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7309 Single unit operation: Tray HP • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP
Sensor error during scanning Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
tray ejection If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Tray Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes tray ejection: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
- Tray HP Sensor is OFF. • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
(light interception) malfunction working.
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-37


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7310 Single unit operation: Plate • No plate in the cassette 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Plate Sensor
Sensor error during scanning are working.
• Sensor malfunction
tray ejection If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Tray Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
completes tray ejection: • Disconnection
Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
- Plate Sensor is ON. • MAIN_BOARD working.
(There is no plate.) malfunction
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7311 Single unit operation: Tray • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor
Sensor error during scanning are working.
• Sensor malfunction
3 tray ejection If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:
• Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Tray Motor • Motor malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes tray ejection: • No solid connection deformation of detector.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Tray Sensor is ON. (no • Disconnection Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
tray ejection) • MAIN_BOARD working.
malfunction Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7312 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP sensor error Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
during lowering of read/NIP Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
When plate is being feeded:
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
completes lowering the • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
loading NIP: • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
- Three loading NIP malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
sensors are (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
malfunctioning. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-38 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7313 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP Sensor error Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
while raising scanning tray Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
When plate is being feeded: • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
completes raising the tray: • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
- Three loading NIP • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
sensors are malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
malfunctioning. (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.) 3
2. Change the main board.

7314 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
Sensor error during scanning/ Tray Sensor are working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


Deformation of detector
loading/feeding If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Loading/Feeding Motor
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
completes feed a plate for • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
ejection) malfunction working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.
7315 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
Entrance NIP sensor error • Deformation of detector Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
during read/sub-scan/NIP HP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
ejection
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:

When plate is being feeded: No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
completes tray ejection • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
from HP: malfunction (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Entrance NIP Sensor is Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
ON (entrance NIP is (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
open) or OFF (entrance
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
NIP is closed).
- Replace the motor/sensor.
This OFF state will soon
2. Change the main board.
be turned to ON
(entrance NIP is open).

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-39


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7316 Single unit operation: Exit NIP


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
sensor error during read/sub- Exit NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
scan/NIP HP ejection If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes tray ejection • Disconnection deformation of detector.
from HP: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
- Exit NIP Sensor is OFF. malfunction (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
(Exit NIP is closed.) Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-
(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7317 Single unit operation: Plate • Plate jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
detection sensor error during Magnetic Clutch are working.
• Sensor malfunction
read/sub-scan/send Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
When plate is being feeded:
• Deformation of detector
directions.
• When Sub-scan Feeding • Detector not securely
If the motor runs fine, check belt tension.
attached
3 Motor completes feed a If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps
plate: • Motor malfunction and replace parts as required:
- V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. • No solid connection - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
(There is no plate.) • Disconnection Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Plate Sensor is OFF. • Upper door not installed working.


(There is a plate.) properly Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
• MAIN_BOARD - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction
- Replace motor/magnetic clutch.
2. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
directions.
If the motor runs fine, check belt tension.
If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps
and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)(JP7-1)
(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace motor.
3. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
V-SYNC Sensor and Plate Sensor are working.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
detector is securely attached.
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
5. Change the main board.

3-40 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7318 Single unit operation: V-SYNC • Plate jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor 
Sensor error during scanning/ andV-SYNC Sensor are working.
• Sensor malfunction
loading/feeding If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading/Feeding • Detector not securely
attached
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
Motor completes feeding a deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
plate: • Motor malfunction detector is securely attached.
- V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. • No solid connection Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
(There is no plate.) • Disconnection working.
This OFF state will soon • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
change to ON (with a malfunction (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
plate).(remains OFF) - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7319 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
Entrance NIP sensor error Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during read/closing of exit NIP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no 3
completes closing exit NIP: • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
- Entrance NIP Sensor is • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.)
ON. (Entrance NIP is malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


open.) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7320 Single unit operation: Exit NIP


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
sensor error during read/ Exit NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
closing of exit NIP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
completes closing exit NIP: • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
- Exit NIP Sensor is ON. • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at exit may be loose.)
(Exit NIP is open.) malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-
(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7321 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
Entrance NIP sensor error Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during read/opening of If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
entrance NIP
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:

When plate is being feeded: No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • Disconnection deformation of detector.
completes opening • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
entrance NIP: malfunction (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Entrance NIP Sensor is Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
OFF. (Entrance NIP is (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
closed.)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-41


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7322 Single unit operation: Exit NIP


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
sensor error during read/ Exit NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
opening of entrance NIP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
completes opening • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
entrance NIP: • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at exit may be loose.)
- Exit NIP Sensor is ON. malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
(Exit NIP is open.) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-
(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7323 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
Entrance NIP sensor error Entrance NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
during read/closing of If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
entrance NIP • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• No solid connection
3 When plate is being feeded: - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
completes closing • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.)
entrance NIP: malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Entrance NIP Sensor is (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.


ON. (Entrance NIP is Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)
open.) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7324 Single unit operation: Exit NIP


• Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and
sensor error during read/ Exit NIP Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
closing of entrance NIP If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
completes closing • Disconnection deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring
entrance NIP: • MAIN_BOARD for the driven roller at exit may be loose.)
- Exit NIP Sensor is ON. malfunction Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)
(Exit NIP is open.) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-
(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7325 Single unit operation: V-SYNC • Plate jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and 
Sensor error during scanning/ V-SYNC Sensor are working.
• Sensor malfunction
sub-scan/returning If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:
• Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
• V-SYNC Sensor does not • Detector not securely
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
come on (with a plate) attached
deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
when Sub-scan Feeding • Motor malfunction detector is securely attached.
Motor is returning the • No solid connection Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
plate, or the sensor • Disconnection (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
remains ON after the
• MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
operation is complete. malfunction (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
• Slipping of the slowdown - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
pulley and drive belt. - Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.
3. Treat the slowdown pulley surface.

3-42 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7326 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor,
Sensor error 1 during read/ V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
sub-scan/send If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Sub-scan Feeding • Detector not securely
sensor and replace parts as required:
attached
Motor completes feed a plate - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
for scanning: • Motor malfunction
deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • No solid connection detector is securely attached.
(There is a plate.) and Tray • Disconnection Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
Sensor is ON. (no tray • MAIN_BOARD (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
ejection) malfunction Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7327 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Sensor error when scanning Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
NIP tray is being lowered
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or 3
When plate is being feeded: sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes opening roller • Disconnection deformation of detector.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


NIP and tray is lowered: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
tray ejection) Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board. 
7328 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP Sensor error Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
when scanning NIP tray is Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
lowered • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes opening roller • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
NIP and tray is lowered: malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Three loading NIP (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
sensors are Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
malfunctioning. 1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-43


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7329 Single unit operation: Plate • Plate jam 1. Check cassette and plate.
detection sensor error during - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
• Cassette defect
read/insertion/feed (return) - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
When plate is being feeded: • Plate defect
slot.
• When Loading/Feeding • Sensor malfunction
• Motor malfunction
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
Motor completes returning
2. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
a plate: • No solid connection
Plate Sensor are working.
- Plate Sensor is OFF. • Disconnection If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
(There is a plate.) • MAIN_BOARD sensor and replace parts as required:
malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
3 3. Change the main board. 
7330 Single unit operation: Size • Wrong cassette (not 1. Check to see that the link spring of lower insertion unit is
detection error during supported by this device) intact.
cassette insertion
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Sensor malfunction 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor
After inserting a cassette and 1 to 4 are working.
position control operation is • No solid connection
If any are not working, take the following steps and replace
launched: • Disconnection parts as required:
• None of Size Detection • MAIN_BOARD - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Sensor 1 to 4 matches any malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)
cassette size.
(JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)
(JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)
(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace
the sensor.
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace
the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing)
3. Change the main board. 
7331 Single unit operation: Tray HP • Cassette defect 1. Confirm that cassette tray can be inserted/ejected smoothly.
Sensor error when scanning • Deformation of detector If not, replace the cassette.
tray returns 2. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP
When plate is being feeded:
• Sensor malfunction
Sensor are working.
• When Tray Motor • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
completes returning the • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
tray: • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
- Tray HP Sensor is ON. • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
(transparent) malfunction Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-
(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
3. Change the main board.

3-44 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7332 Single unit operation: Tray • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor
Sensor error when scanning are working.
• Sensor malfunction
tray returns If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Tray Motor • Motor malfunction - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes returning the • No solid connection deformation of detector.
tray: • Disconnection Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is
- Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • MAIN_BOARD working.
ejection) malfunction Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7333 Single unit operation: Lock • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
sensor error during read/ Cassette Lock Sensor Left/Right are working.
• Sensor malfunction
cassette lock release If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:
• Deformation of detector
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • Motor malfunction - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
completes unlocking the • No solid connection deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. 3
cassette: • Disconnection Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Either Left or Right • MAIN_BOARD (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunction Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


OFF. (locked) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7334 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Sensor error when releasing Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
scanning cassette lock If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes unlocking the • Disconnection deformation of detector.
cassette: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
ejection) Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

7335 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP sensor error • Deformation of detector Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
during read/cassette lock Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
release
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes unlocking the • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
cassette: malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Three loading NIP (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
sensors are Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
malfunctioning. 1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-45


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7336 Single unit operation: Plate • Wrong length plate 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor
long check error during read/ inserted properly detects cassette size.
sub-scan/send • Plate jam If any are not working, take the following steps and replace
When plate is being feeded: parts as required:
• Sensor malfunction
• When Sub-scan Feeding - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
Motor is feeding a plate:
• Deformation of detector
deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
- The feeding distance by • Detector not securely
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)
attached
Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
(from V-SYNC Sensor is • Feeding guide malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)
ON to OFF) differs from • Foreign object in feeding (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
inserted cassette plate path
Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)
length. • Feeding roller slippage (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
• Motor malfunction Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)
• No solid connection (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
• Disconnection - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
• MAIN_BOARD - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace
malfunction the sensor.
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace
3 the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing)
2. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
- Confirm that spring is intact.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Confirm that there is no deformation.


- Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
3. Check feeding path.
- Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
- Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
- Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
- Confirm that roller has any condensation.
4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
V-SYNC Sensor are working.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
5. Change the main board.

7337 Single unit operation: No cassette A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding
No cassette when controlling command during a unit test.
cassette position and
releasing cassette lock
When cassette position
control and unlocking
operations are initiated:
• Either Cassette Sensor or
Cassette Lock Sensor Left/
Right is OFF.

3-46 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7338 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
Sensor error 2 during read/ Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
sub-scan/send If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When Sub-scan Feeding • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
Motor completes feed a plate • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, and there is no
for scanning: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
(There is no plate.) and malfunction (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
ejection)
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7339 Single unit operation: V-SYNC • Plate jam 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
Sensor error 2 during - Confirm that spring is intact.
• Deformation of detector
scanning/loading/feeding/
• Detector not securely - Confirm that there is no deformation.
returning
When Loading/Feeding Motor attached - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path.
completes returning a plate for
- Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
3
scanning: • Foreign object in feeding
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
(There is a plate.) • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


• Plate Sensor is ON. (There • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation.
is no plate.) • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate.
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
ejection) properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
• Sensor malfunction slot.
• Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
• No solid connection 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor,
• Disconnection Magnetic Clutch, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are
working.
• MAIN_BOARD
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
malfunction
directions.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace motor/magnetic clutch/sensor.
5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
6. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-47


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7343 Single unit operation: V-SYNC • Plate jam 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
sensor error 2 when sub-scan - Confirm that spring is intact.
• Deformation of detector
When plate is being feeded: - Confirm that there is no deformation.
• Detector not securely
• When Sub-scan Feeding attached - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
Motor completes feed a
plate:
• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path.
• Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
- V-SYNC Sensor is ON.
(There is a plate.)
path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
- Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
ejection) • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation.
• Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate.
• Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
• Sensor malfunction slot.
• Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
• No solid connection 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
• Disconnection Magnetic Clutch are working.
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
• MAIN_BOARD
directions.
3 malfunction
If the motor runs fine, check belt tension.
If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps
and replace parts as required:
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Confirm that all connectors are secure.


Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace motor/magnetic clutch.
5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
6. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor, V-
SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working.
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
7. Change the main board.

3-48 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7344 Single unit operation: V-SYNC • Plate jam 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.
Sensor error 1 during - Confirm that spring is intact.
• Deformation of detector
scanning/loading/feeding/ - Confirm that there is no deformation.
returning • Detector not securely
When plate is being feeded:
attached - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
• When Loading/Feeding • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path.
Motor completes returning • Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
a plate: path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
- V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
(There is a plate.) • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation.
- Plate Sensor is ON. • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate.
(There is no plate.) • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact.
- Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate
ejection) • Sensor malfunction slot.
• Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate.
• No solid connection 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and
• Disconnection Magnetic Clutch are working.V-SYNC Sensor are working.
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both
• MAIN_BOARD
directions.
malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
3
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
working.
Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)
(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/magnetic clutch/sensor.
5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
alignment.)
6. Change the main board.
7345 Single unit operation: Plate • Plate jam 1. Check feeding path.
detection sensor error during • Feeding guide malfunction - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path.
read/sub-scan/return
• Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide.
When plate is being feeded:
path - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
• When Sub-scan Feeding
Motor completes returning
• Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that roller has any condensation.
a plate: • Upper door not installed 2. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of
properly alignment.)
- Plate Sensor is ON.
• Sensor malfunction 3. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
(There is no plate.)
Plate Sensor are working.
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
• No solid connection
sensor and replace parts as required:
• Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
• MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
malfunction
(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
4. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-49


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7346 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and
Loading NIP open/close Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
sensor error during read/sub- If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
scan/send • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
When plate is being feeded: • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• When Sub-scan Feeding • Disconnection deformation of detector.
Motor completes feed a • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)-
plate: malfunction (JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Loading NIP Open/Close Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
Sensor is ON (JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
(transparent).
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7347 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Sensor error during scanning/ Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
loading/NIP closing If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded:
• Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
3 completes closing the • Disconnection deformation of detector.
loading NIP: • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
tray ejection) Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7348 Single unit operation: • Cassette jam 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP sensor error Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Sensor malfunction
during lowering of notch to Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
regulated position • Deformation of detector
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or

After inserting a cassette and Motor malfunction sensor and replace parts as required:

position control operation is No solid connection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
launched: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
• Three loading NIP sensors • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
are malfunctioning. malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

3-50 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7349 Single unit operation: Plate • No plate 1. Check cassette.


detection sensor error during - Confirm that there is a cassette.
• Cassette defect
read/lowering of NIP - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to
When plate is being feeded: • Sensor malfunction
cassette plate loading lever.
• When Loading NIP Motor • Motor malfunction
• No solid connection
- Check to see that tray can be inserted/ejected without
completes lowering the
any problem.
loading NIP: • Disconnection
2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
- Plate Sensor is ON. • MAIN_BOARD Plate Sensor are working.
(There is no plate.) malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-
2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-
(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor. 3
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
3. Change the main board.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


7350 Single unit operation: Tray • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Sensor error while raising tray Tray Sensor are working.
• Deformation of detector
for scanning If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • Motor malfunction
sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes raising the tray: • Disconnection deformation of detector.
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no • MAIN_BOARD Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
tray ejection) malfunction (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor.
2. Change the main board.

7351 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP sensor error Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
during read/insertion/opening Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
of NIP
• Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes opening the • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
loading NIP: malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Three loading NIP (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
sensors are Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
malfunctioning. 1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
replaced.)
2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-51


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7352 Single unit operation: • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and
Loading NIP sensor error Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
• Deformation of detector
during read/insertion/closing Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
of NIP • Motor malfunction
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or
When plate is being feeded: • No solid connection sensor and replace parts as required:
• When Loading NIP Motor • Disconnection - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
completes closing the • MAIN_BOARD deformation of detector.
loading NIP: malfunction Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)
- Three loading NIP (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
sensors are Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-
malfunctioning. 1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-
1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-
(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
- Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
3 replaced.)
2. Change the main board.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3.4.5 74xx: Image Read Related Errors

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7400 Polygon lock timeout during • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
initialization (CN8, CN9)
• Polygon malfunction
When optical device operation 2. Replace exposure unit.
is checked during initialization:
• Within a set time frame
after Polygon is turned on,
Polygon lock is not
detected.
7401 HSYNC count error during • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
initialization • Hsync Sensor malfunction (CN8, CN9)
When optical device operation 2. Replace exposure unit.
is checked during initialization:
• Laser malfunction
• Within a set time frame
after Laser is turned on,
HSync counter only goes
up to 7.

7402 PID signal detection error • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
during initialization (CN8, CN9)
• Polygon malfunction
When optical device operation 2. Replace exposure unit.
is checked during initialization:
• When HSync counter
exceeds 7 after Laser is
turned on, PID signal is not
ON.

3-52 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7403 Eraser LED error detected • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with
during initialization the upper door open.
• Disconnection
When Eraser LED cooling fan If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
connection is checked during • Eraser LED malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
initialization:
LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• Eraser LED error is (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
detected. (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace Eraser Unit Assy.
CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED.

IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used,
a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning.

7404 Erase fan error detection • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is
during initialization
• Disconnection working. 3
When Eraser LED cooling fan If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
connection is checked during
• Eraser LED cooling Fan
malfunction - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
initialization:
Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


• Eraser LED cooling fan - Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
error is detected.

7405 Analog board disconnection • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
error (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
Gain Offset calculation during 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
initialization
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• The difference between 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
average pixels at 10A 4. Replace light collection unit.
and 100A is smaller than
threshold value.
7406 Gain overflow • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
Gain Offset calculation during • Disconnection (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
initialization 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
• ANALOG_BOARD
• Gain value is larger than malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
0x00020000. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction)
4. Replace light collection unit.

7407 Gain underflow • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
Gain Offset calculation during • Disconnection (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
initialization 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
• ANALOG_BOARD
• Gain value is smaller than malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
0x00000000. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction)
4. Replace light collection unit.

7408 Offset overflow • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
Gain Offset calculation during • Disconnection (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
initialization 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
• ANALOG_BOARD
• Off set value is larger than malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
0x30000000. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction)
4. Replace light collection unit.

7409 Offset underflow • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
Gain Offset calculation during • Disconnection (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
initialization 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
• ANALOG_BOARD
• Off set value is smaller malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
than 0xe0000000. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
malfunction)
4. Replace light collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-53


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7410 Eraser LED error detected • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with
during scanning the upper door open.
• Disconnection
When plate is feeded: If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Eraser LED malfunction
• Eraser LED error is - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
detected while Eraser LED LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
lamp is on. (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
(LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace Eraser Unit Assy.
CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED.

IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used,
a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning.

7411 Erase fan error detected • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is
3 during read
• Disconnection working.
When plate is feeded: If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Eraser LED cooling Fan
• Eraser LED cooling fan malfunction - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
error is detected when Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Eraser LED cooling Fan is


- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
running.

7412 Polygon lock error • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
After Polygon is turned on, (CN8, CN9)
• Polygon malfunction
Polygon lock is not detected 2. Replace exposure unit.
until V-SYNC Sensor is turned
on.

7413 High voltage switch OFF error DIPSW setting error Turn on HV (high voltage) switch on MAIN_BOARD.
When sensors are checked
upon initialization:
• High voltage switch is OFF.
7414 Read complete timeout MAIN_BOARD malfunction If this error reoccurs, replace MAIN_BOARD.
When plate is feeded: (FPGA abnormality)
• Timeout occurs before
confirmation of completion
of image scanning.

7415 High voltage error detected • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
during initialization (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
When optical device operation 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
is checked during initialization:
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (high voltage) (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• High voltage error is 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
detected while Laser is on. 4. Replace light collection unit.

7416 High voltage error detected • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
during read (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
When plate is feeded: 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
• ANALOG_BOARD
• An error is detected during malfunction (high voltage) (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
high voltage output. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
4. Replace light collection unit.

7417 High voltage READY standby • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
timeout (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
Ready signal is not activated 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
and a timeout occurs when
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (high voltage) (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
high voltage value is being
3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
specified.
4. Replace light collection unit.

3-54 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7418 HSYNC count error during • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
read (CN8, CN9)
• Hsync Sensor malfunction
When plate is feeded: 2. Replace exposure unit.
• Laser malfunction
• Within a set time frame
after Laser is turned on,
HSync counter only goes
up to 7.
7419 PID signal detection error • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
during read • Polygon malfunction (CN8, CN9)
When plate is feeded: 2. Replace exposure unit.
• Hsync Sensor malfunction
• When HSync counter
exceeds 7 after Laser is
• Laser malfunction
turned on, PID signal is not
ON.

7420 AD converter error detected MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board.
during initialization (AD converter abnormality)
When Gain Offset is
calculated during initialization:
• AD converter error is
detected.
3
7421 AD converter error detected MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board.
during read (AD converter abnormality)

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


When plate is feeded:
• AD converter error is
detected.

7422 AD converter error detected MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board.
during reference current read (AD converter abnormality)
When reference current value
is being read:
• AD converter error is
detected.

3.4.6 76xx: Single Unit Operation Image Read Related Errors

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7600 Single unit operation: • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
Polygon lock timeout during (CN8, CN9)
• Polygon malfunction
initialization 2. Replace exposure unit.
When optical device operation
is checked during initialization:
• Within a set time frame
after Polygon is turned on,
Polygon lock is not
detected.

7601 Single unit operation: HSYNC • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
count error during (CN8, CN9)
• Hsync Sensor malfunction
initialization 2. Replace exposure unit.
When optical device operation • Laser malfunction
is checked during initialization:
• Within a set time frame
after Laser is turned on,
HSync counter only goes
up to 7.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-55


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7602 Single unit operation: PID • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
signal detection error during (CN8, CN9)
• Polygon malfunction
initialization 2. Replace exposure unit.
When optical device operation
is checked during initialization:
• When HSync counter
exceeds 7 after Laser is
turned on, PID signal is not
ON.

7603 Single unit operation: Eraser • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with
LED error detected during the upper door open.
• Disconnection
initialization If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When Eraser LED cooling fan • Eraser LED malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
connection is checked during
LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
initialization:
(LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
• Eraser LED error is (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
detected.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace Eraser Unit Assy.
3 CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used,
a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning.

7604 Single unit operation: Erase • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is
fan error detection during • Disconnection working.
initialization If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When Eraser LED cooling fan
• Eraser LED cooling Fan
malfunction - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
connection is checked during
Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)
initialization:
- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
• Eraser LED cooling fan
error is detected.

7605 Single unit operation: Analog • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
board disconnection error (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
Gain Offset calculation during 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
initialization • ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• The difference between 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
average pixels at 10A 4. Replace light collection unit.
and 100A is smaller than
threshold value.

7606 Single unit operation: Gain • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
overflow (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
Gain Offset calculation during 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
initialization
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• Gain value is larger than malfunction) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
0x00020000. 4. Replace light collection unit.

7607 Single unit operation: Gain • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
underflow (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
Gain Offset calculation during 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
initialization
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• Gain value is smaller than malfunction) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
0x00000000. 4. Replace light collection unit.

7608 Single unit operation: Offset • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
overflow (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
Gain Offset calculation during 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
initialization
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• Off set value is larger than malfunction) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
0x30000000. 4. Replace light collection unit.

3-56 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7609 Single unit operation: Offset • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
underflow (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
Gain Offset calculation during 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
initialization • ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (AD Converter (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• Off set value is smaller malfunction) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
than 0xe0000000. 4. Replace light collection unit.

7610 Single unit operation: Eraser • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with
LED error detected during the upper door open.
• Disconnection
scanning If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
When plate is feeded: • Eraser LED malfunction
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
• Eraser LED error is LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
detected while Eraser LED (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
lamp is on. (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace Eraser Unit Assy.
CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED.
3
IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used,
a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


7611 Single unit operation: Erase • No solid connection 1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is
fan error detected during read • Disconnection working.
When plate is feeded: If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Eraser LED cooling Fan
• Eraser LED cooling fan malfunction - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
error is detected when Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)
Eraser LED cooling Fan is
- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
running.

7612 Single unit operation: • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
Polygon lock error (CN8, CN9)
• Polygon malfunction
After Polygon is turned on, 2. Replace exposure unit.
Polygon lock is not detected
until V-SYNC Sensor is turned
on.

7613 Single unit operation: High DIPSW setting error Turn on HV (high voltage) switch on MAIN_BOARD.
voltage switch OFF error
When sensors are checked
upon initialization:
• High voltage switch is OFF.
7614 Single unit operation: Read MAIN_BOARD malfunction If this error reoccurs, replace MAIN_BOARD.
complete timeout (FPGA abnormality)
When plate is feeded:
• Timeout occurs before
confirmation of completion
of image scanning.

7615 Single unit operation: High • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
voltage error detected during (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
initialization 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
When optical device operation
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (high voltage) (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
is checked during initialization:
3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
• High voltage error is 4. Replace light collection unit.
detected while Laser is on.

7616 Single unit operation: High • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
voltage error detected during (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
read 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
When plate is feeded: • ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (high voltage) (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• An error is detected during 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
high voltage output. 4. Replace light collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-57


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7617 Single unit operation: High • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
voltage READY standby (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• Disconnection
timeout 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure.
Ready signal is not activated • ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction (high voltage) (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
and a timeout occurs when
3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
high voltage value is being
4. Replace light collection unit.
specified.

7618 Single unit operation: HSYNC • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
count error during read (CN8, CN9)
• Hsync Sensor malfunction
When plate is feeded: 2. Replace exposure unit.
• Laser malfunction
• Within a set time frame
after Laser is turned on,
HSync counter only goes
up to 7.

7619 Single unit operation: PID • No solid connection 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure.
signal detection error during (CN8, CN9)
• Polygon malfunction
read 2. Replace exposure unit.
When plate is feeded: • Hsync Sensor malfunction

• When HSync counter • Laser malfunction


3 exceeds 7 after Laser is
turned on, PID signal is not
ON.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7620 Single unit operation: AD MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board.
converter error detected (AD converter abnormality)
during initialization
When Gain Offset is
calculated during initialization:
• AD converter error is
detected.

7621 Single unit operation: AD MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board.
converter error detected (AD converter abnormality)
during read
When plate is feeded:
• AD converter error is
detected.

7622 Single unit operation: AD MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board.
converter error detected (AD converter abnormality)
during reference current read
When reference current value
is being read:
• AD converter error is
detected.

7650 Version inconsistency when The communication control 1. Use the REGIUS SIGMA update kit V1.10R00 or higher, to update it.
reading: Communication version is for .
control error
When reading
• Detected that the
communication control
version is for .
7651 Version inconsistency when The reader version is for . 1. Use the REGIUS SIGMA update kit V1.10R00 or higher, to update it.
reading: Reader error
When reading
• Detected that the reader
version is for .

3-58 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.7 77xx: FPGA, SDRAM Related Errors


 in the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off.In order to
clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)".

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7700 FPGA configuration timeout MAIN_BOARD malfunction If power OFF/ON does not clear the error, there may be a
FPGA configuration timeout (FPGA abnormality) firmware problem. Upgrade the firmware and Confirm that
occurs. the same error reoccurs.
If reloading/upgrading firmware still does not clear the
error, that indicates the main board is
damaged.MAIN_BOARD needs to be replaced.

7701 SDRAM initialization timeout • Firmware problem 1. Upgrade the firmware.


SDRAM initialization timeout 2. Change the main board.
• MAIN_BOARD
occurs.
malfunction (SDRAM
abnormality)

7710 Irregularity correction: MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 


SDRAM write error during (SDRAM abnormality)
startup process
During startup process:
• Irregularity correction data
3
is not transmitted to
SDRAM.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


7711 FPGA setting error when MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
image is being sent (FPGA abnormality)
When image is being sent:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission has failed.

7712 FPGA setting error when MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
reference current/image is (FPGA abnormality)
being read
When reference current is
being read:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission has failed.

7713 Flash ROM erase failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during serial number change (Flash ROM abnormality)
When serial number is
changed:
• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.

7714 Flash ROM write failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during serial number process (Flash ROM abnormality)
When serial number is
changed:
• Data is not recorded on
Flash ROM.

7715 Flash ROM erase failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during mechanical counter (Flash ROM abnormality)
count up
When mechanical counter is
counting up:
• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-59


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7716 Flash ROM write failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during mechanical counter (Flash ROM abnormality)
count up
When mechanical counter is
counting up:
• Data is not recorded on
Flash ROM.

7717 Flash ROM erase failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during mechanical counter (Flash ROM abnormality)
clearing
When mechanical counter
clearing is running:
• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.

7718 Sensitivity correction: MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 


SDRAM write failure during (SDRAM abnormality)
data transmission
When sensitivity correction
data is being transmitted:
3 • Data not recorded to
SRAM.

7719 Sensitivity correction: FPGA MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

DMA transmission settings (FPGA abnormality)


failure during data
transmission
When sensitivity correction
data is being transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission have failed.

7720 Unit setup: SDRAM write MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data (SDRAM abnormality)
transmission
When unit setting data is
being transmitted:
• Data not recorded to
SRAM.

7721 Unit setup: FPGA DMA MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
transmission settings failure (FPGA abnormality)
during data transmission
When unit setting data is
being transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission have failed.

7722 Irregularity correction: MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 


SDRAM write failure during (SDRAM abnormality)
data transmission
When irregularity correction
data is being transmitted:
• Data not recorded to
SRAM.

7723 Irregularity correction: FPGA MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
DMA transmission settings (FPGA abnormality)
failure during data
transmission
When irregularity correction
data is being transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission have failed.

3-60 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7724 Log: SDRAM write failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during data transmission (SDRAM abnormality)
When log data is being
transmitted:
• Data not recorded to
SRAM.

7725 Log: FPGA DMA transmission MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
settings failure during data (FPGA abnormality)
transmission
When log data is being
transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission have failed.

7726 Counter: SDRAM write failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during data transmission (SDRAM abnormality)
When counter data is being
transmitted:
• Data not recorded to
SRAM.
3
7727 Counter: FPGA DMA MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
transmission settings failure (FPGA abnormality)

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


during data transmission
When counter data is being
transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission have failed.

7728 CC save data: SDRAM write MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data (SDRAM abnormality)
transmission
When CC save data is being
transmitted:
• Data not recorded to
SRAM.

7729 CC save data: FPGA DMA MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
transmission settings failure (FPGA abnormality)
during data transmission
When CC save data is being
transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO
and setting up of DMA
transmission have failed.

7730 Sensitivity correction: MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 


SDRAM read failure during (SDRAM abnormality)
data receiving
When sensitivity correction
data is being received:
• SDRAM readout fails.
7731 Sensitivity correction: Flash MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
ROM erase failure during data (Flash ROM abnormality)
receiving
When sensitivity correction
data is being received:
• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-61


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7732 Sensitivity correction: Flash MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
ROM write failure during data (Flash ROM abnormality)
receiving
When sensitivity correction
data is being received:
• Data is not recorded on
Flash ROM.

7733 Unit setup: SDRAM read MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data receiving (SDRAM abnormality)
When unit setting data is
being received:
• SDRAM readout fails.
7734 Unit setup: Flash ROM erase MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data receiving (Flash ROM abnormality)
When unit setting data is
being received:
• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.
3 7735 Unit setup: Flash ROM write MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data receiving (Flash ROM abnormality)
When unit setting data is
being received:
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Data is not recorded on


Flash ROM.

7736 Irregularity correction: MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 


SDRAM read failure during (SDRAM abnormality)
data receiving
When irregularity correction
data is being received:
• SDRAM readout fails.
7737 Irregularity correction: MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
SDRAM development failure (SDRAM abnormality)
during data receiving
When irregularity correction
data is being received:
• SDRAM development fails.
7738 Irregularity correction: Flash MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
ROM erase failure during data (Flash ROM abnormality)
receiving
When irregularity correction
data is being received:
• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.

7739 Irregularity correction: Flash MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
ROM write failure during data (Flash ROM abnormality)
receiving
When irregularity correction
data is being received:
• Data is not recorded on
Flash ROM.

7740 Firmware: SDRAM read MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data receiving (SDRAM abnormality)
When firmware data is being
received:
• SDRAM readout fails.
7741 Counter: SDRAM read failure MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
during data receiving (SDRAM abnormality)
When counter data is being
received:
• SDRAM readout fails.

3-62 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7742 Counter: Flash ROM erase MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data receiving (Flash ROM abnormality)
When counter data is being
received:
• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.

7743 Counter: Flash ROM write MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data receiving (Flash ROM abnormality)
When counter data is being
received:
• Data is not recorded on
Flash ROM.

7744 CC save data: SDRAM read MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
failure during data receiving (SDRAM abnormality)
When CC save data is being
received:
• SDRAM readout fails.
7745 CC save data: Flash ROM MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
erase failure during data (Flash ROM abnormality) 3
receiving
When CC save data is being
received:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


• Flash ROM sector cannot
be erased.

7746 CC save data: Flash ROM MAIN_BOARD malfunction 1. Change the main board. 
write failure during data (Flash ROM abnormality)
receiving
When CC save data is being
received:
• Data is not recorded on
Flash ROM.

7750 Sensitivity correction: Damage to the data restored 1. Restore appropriate data.
Incoming data error during at the time of [PCB] (inside
data receiving ImagePilot)
When sensitivity correction
data is being received:
• Problem is detected with
received data.

7751 Unit setup: Incoming data Damage to the data restored 1. Restore appropriate data.
error during data receiving at the time of [PCB] (inside
When unit setting data is ImagePilot)
being received:
• Problem is detected with
received data.

7752 Irregularity correction: Damage to the data restored 1. Restore appropriate data.
Incoming data error during at the time of [PCB] (inside
data receiving ImagePilot)
When irregularity correction
data is being received:
• Problem is detected with
received data.

7753 Firmware: Incoming data Damage to firmware update 1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.
error during data receiving data (inside ImagePilot)
(FPGA configuration data)
When firmware data is being
received:
• Problem is detected with
FPGA configuration data of
firmware data.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-63


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Countermeasure
Error provided in Operation Manual SC
Error Name/Description (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the
code do not resolve the issue Error
problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7754 Firm: Incoming data error Damage to firmware update 1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.
during data receiving (boot data (inside ImagePilot)
loader)
When firmware data is being
received:
• Problem is detected with
boot loader data of
firmware data.

7755 Firmware: Incoming data Damage to firmware update 1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.
error during data receiving data (inside ImagePilot)
(main firm 1)
When firmware data is being
received:
• Problem is detected with
main firm data 1 of
firmware data.

7756 Firmware: Incoming data Damage to firmware update 1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.
error during data receiving data (inside ImagePilot)
(main firm 2)
3 When firmware data is being
received:
• Problem is detected with
main firm data 2 of
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

firmware data.

7757 Firm: Incoming data error Damage to firmware update 1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.
during data receiving (update) data (inside ImagePilot)
When firmware data is being
received:
• Problem is detected with
upgrade data of firmware
data.

7758 Firm: Incoming data error • USB connection was lost 1. Confirm that the USB cable connection is secure and update
during data receiving (type during data transfer. again.
code error) • Update data for firmware 2. Update using undamaged data.
When firmware data is being
is damaged. (data inside
received:
ImagePilot)
• Problem is detected with
model code of firmware
data.

7759 Firm: Incoming data error Damage to the data restored 1. Restore appropriate data.
during data receiving (size at the time of [PCB] (inside
error) ImagePilot)
When firmware data is being
received:
• Problem is detected with
size of firmware data.

3-64 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.8 780x: Other

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7800 Cassette size inconsistency Bugs 1. Turn Reader power OFF/ON.


Job search result and size of 2. Turn both the ImagePilot and Reader OFF/ON.
the loaded cassette do not
match.

7801 Irregularity correction data Irregularity calibration has Perform irregularity calibration using cassette in maximum size for
error been conducted with the the facility.
Cassette size obtained when cassette size smaller than
irregularity correction data is the size for actual job.
received is smaller than
cassette size for actual job.

7802 Re-erase run error • MAIN_BOARD 1. Erase image for non-aeration plate and Confirm that this error occurs.
At the time of re-erase: malfunction If this error still occurs, Reader may be malfunctioning.Then, Confirm
• Abnormal value for erase • Light Collection Unit that image can be read.
reference malfunction - If so, replace MAIN_BOARD.
• Plate defect - If not, replace both light collection unit and MAIN_BOARD.
2. Change the plate.
(If the problem persists when the same plate is used, the plate may 3
be damaged.)
7803 Job parameter error Settings beyond capability Review setting for ImagePilot.
Parameter of job search result

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


is abnormal. HINT
This device supports scanning only at 175/87.5m and standard
sensitivity.

3.4.9 781x: Door status

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7810 Upper door open • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Interlock 1 (Upper Door Sensor) is
Upper door is open.Rear door working.
• No solid connection
and left door are closed. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Interlock 1 -(JP22-1)(JP22-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
7811 Rear Door: Open • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Interlock 2 (Lower Door Sensor) is
Rear door is open.Left door is • No solid connection working.
closed.(It is unknown if upper If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Disconnection
Door is open.) - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Interlock2 - (JP31-1)(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.
7812 Left door: open • Sensor malfunction 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Left Door Open/Close Sensor is
Left door is open.(It is working.
• No solid connection
unknown if upper door/rear If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• Disconnection
door is open.) - Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Left Door Open/Close Sensor (JP13)-(MCN7)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-65


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.10 782x: Warnings


These are warning messages. Error codes will not be displayed in message dialog window.
Possible causes if solutions
Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7820 Cassette not inserted • Not properly inserted If warning message stays on after the cassette is properly inserted:
completely
• Sensor malfunction 1. Check the cassette slot.
Cassette is not locked (is not
properly inserted). • Lock mechanism damage

7821 Cassette tray ejection failure - If this warning frequently appears:


Tray cannot be ejected due to 1. Confirm that there is any damage to cassette.
cassette bolt mechanism
failure to unlock.

7822 Temperature rise Sensor malfunction 1. Check device usage environment and take necessary steps if there is
Thermometer detects a value (Eraser LED) any problem.
that exceeds threshold when - Confirm that the temperature is within specifications.
cassette is inserted.
- Confirm that the exhaust and intake vents are clear of
obstructions.
2. Replace the Eraser Unit Assy.

7823 Eraser LED count - 1. Replace Eraser Unit Assy.


3 Eraser LED count exceeds
IMPORTANT
threshold value during
initialization. After eraser unit assy is replaced, perform [LED drive board counter
clear.] on [Processing counter] screen of the service tool.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3.4.11 7999: Reader Program Destroyed

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

7999 Reader program destroyed • Reader power turned OFF 1. Upgrade the program.
Reader program is damaged during update. 2. Change the main board.
and cannot be started.
• MAIN_BOARD
Retrieval function is running.(If malfunction (Flash ROM
retrieval function is not active,
abnormality)
Reader cannot be detected.)

3.4.12 14xxx: Sensitivity Correction Error

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

14010 Sensitivity Correction Error • Improper scanning dose at 1. Check X-ray dosage and "Exposure Dose" on [Sensitivity] screen
Result of sensitivity correction the time of sensitivity and perform sensitivity correction again.
exceeds prescribed value. correction 2. Perform sensitivity correction using different plate.
• Wrong setting value for 3. Replace light collection unit.
sensitivity correction
• Plate defect
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction

3-66 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

14011 Sensitivity Correction Error • Improper scanning dose at 1. Check X-ray dosage and "Exposure Dose" on [Sensitivity] screen
Result of sensitivity correction the time of sensitivity and perform sensitivity correction again.
does not attain prescribed correction 2. Perform sensitivity correction using different plate.
value. 3. Replace light collection unit.
• Wrong setting value for
sensitivity correction
• Plate defect
• ANALOG_BOARD
malfunction

3.4.13 24xxx: JM Communication Errors

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

24000 JM connection error 1. Reader is connected before 1. Check LAN cable connection.
JM cannot be connected. completion of ImagePilot 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON. 3
server startup. 3. Restart ImagePilot.
2. LAN communication cannot
be established between

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures


Reader connection
destination and ImagePilot
server.(if different PCs are
used for the connection
destination and ImagePilot
server)
3. Program has failed to start
up.

3.4.14 25xxx: ImagePilot Connection Error

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

25000 TCP connection failure • LAN disconnection (if 1. Check LAN cable connection.
Connection with ImagePilot/ different PCs are used for 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON.
the service tool cannot be the connection destination 3. Restart ImagePilot.
established. and ImagePilot server)
• Program malfunction
25200 TCP disconnected (retry is • LAN disconnection (if 1. Check LAN cable connection.
possible) different PCs are used for 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON.
Connection with ImagePilot/ the connection destination 3. Restart ImagePilot.
the service tool is aborted and ImagePilot server)
while image is being HINT
• Program malfunction
sent.(Image resend is Restart of ImagePilot will erase the images.
supported. Image will be
resent when connection
resumes.)

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-67


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

25300 TCP disconnected (retry is • LAN disconnection (if 1. Check LAN cable connection.
not possible) different PCs are used for 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON.
Connection with ImagePilot/ the connection destination 3. Restart ImagePilot.
the service tool is aborted and ImagePilot server)
while image is being
• Program malfunction
sent.(Image resend is not
supported. Image will not be
resent when connection
resumes.)

3.4.15 26xxx: the service tool Error

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

26100 Unsupported mode job - 1. Wait for Reader to complete operations.


3 Reader cannot perform
maintenance command.
3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3.4.16 27xxx: USB Related Errors

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

27000 Image transmission USB is disconnected while If the power was not manually turned off:
interruption due to Reader image data is being sent.The 1. Check the following:
power being OFF image cannot be resent even
Process cannot be carried out - Power supply circuit breaker
if Reader is restarted.
because Reader power was - Power cable connection (including power supply port and power
turned off during the scan. plug)

27001 USB disconnected during • USB disconnection 1. Confirm that USB cable connectors are secure.
calibration 2. Replace USB cable(s).
• MAIN_BOARD
USB is disconnected while malfunction 3. Change the main board.
image data is being sent.

27002 USB disconnected during • USB disconnection 1. Confirm that USB cable connectors are secure.
execution of maintenance 2. Replace USB cable(s).
• MAIN_BOARD
command 3. Change the main board.
malfunction
USB is disconnected while
maintenance command is
being performed. This aborts
maintenance operation.
27010 Reader software version • A problem occurs during 1. With all ImagePilot programs activated, use update functions of the
mismatch firmware update and service tool to upgrade Reader and single communication control.
Program versions (for Reader ImagePilot update is not Then, check [Program] screen to see if all ImagePilot communication
and communication control) complete. controls (except the client that Reader is connected) are upgraded to
do not match. the latest version.

IMPORTANT
Upgrade must be done with all ImagePilot programs activated.

2. Change the main board.

3-68 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Possible causes if solutions


Error provided in Operation Manual Countermeasure
Error Name/Description
code do not resolve the issue (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
(including reoccurrence)

27100 New reader detected with • Other PC is receiving the If Reader connection is changed:
cassette process in progress image, and the Reader If possible, reconnect the Reader to ImagePilot that begins
Another Reader (that is in that is transmitting image receiving image.
scanning operation) is data is connected. If not, remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ON the Reader.
detected.(The PC connected
• ImagePilot that is
to a Reader cannot continue connected to Reader is If ImagePilot is restarted:
image transmission.) Remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ON the Reader.
restarted during image
transmission.

27101 Changed to different reader A Reader is disconnected Connect the USB back to the original Reader.
during image reading. from UBS and another If this cannot be done, remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/
A Reader is disconnected Reader is connected during ON the Reader.Then, restart ImagePilot.
from UBS and another Reader the reading process.
is connected during the
reading process.

27105 Reader inoperable Two or more Readers are Disconnect all Readers except the one that needs to be
When Reader(s) is already connected to a system. operated.(Do this process while Readers are in standby state.)
connected, another reader is
connected.

27110 USB disconnected during • USB disconnection 1. Confirm that USB cable connectors are secure. 3
reading • MAIN_BOARD 2. Replace USB cable(s).
USB is disconnected during malfunction 3. Change the main board.
reading.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

REGIUS /II Service Manual 3-69


Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with 3.5.4 Defective image


problems not displayed as error If an image is defective, take the appropriate steps to deal with it.
messages Problem Countermeasure
Image or erase remnants If the Eraser LED warning indication is on,
3.5.1 Device Sound replace the Eraser LED. (Refer to "5.3.3
Changing the Eraser Unit Assy (Eraser
Examine the area where an abnormal noise was heard, then LED) (Page 5-27)")
confirm the following. Leave the following content to the customer.
• Check gear tooth surface (if a gear tooth is chipped, an • After unjamming the plate, have them
abnormal noise will occur) perform the image erase operation. (The
image erase operation might have not
• Check for dents in the feeding guide
been performed when the error
• If near the upper door, check the upper door's positioning occurred.)
It may be hitting against the guide to produce a noise. • Have them perform the plate image
• Check for foreign objects or chipped areas erase operation every morning.
The image size displayed Details: A 14  17 sized image was read, but
• Check the connectors
on the ImagePilot will differ. only the top part is shown (14  14 size), and
• Change the MAIN_BOARD and check for noises the bottom portion is a white image.
Make sure a plate of a different size is not
loaded in the cassette.
3.5.2 If power cannot be turned ON Vertical lines (sharp) 1. Use the cleaning mechanism to remove
dust from the light collection unit.
3 Confirm the following: 2. Remove the light collection unit, and
make sure no dust or foreign objects are
1. Check the power cable obstructing the laser scanning path.Make
sure the cleaning mechanism is not
3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed as error messages

2. Check the SW power supply's input voltage (100 to interfering with the laser scanning path.
200 V) 3. Clean the exposure unit's window to
If it's no good, check the inlet and noise filter to pinpoint the make sure it is free of dust.
abnormal area. 4. Change the exposure unit. (Refer to
"5.2.12 Removing & attaching the
exposure unit (Page 5-20)")
3. Check the SW power supply's output voltage (24 V)
Vertical lines (faded) 1. Clean the light collection unit and light
If it's no good, change the SW power supply. guide surface to make sure they are free
of dust.
4. Check wiring from the SW power supply to the 2. Clean the exposure unit's window to
MAIN_BOARD make sure it is free of dust.
If 24 V of power is coming to the MAIN_BOARD, change Horizontal lines 1. Check the installation environment.
If the environment is as described below,
the MAIN_BOARD.
horizontal lines will occur.
- The table is unsteady.
- The table rocks when someone
3.5.3 Plate related moves.
- The unit is touching the table in some
• When dirty area other than its rubber feet. A cable
Clean the plate. (Refer to the Operation Manual for cleaning is crushed between it.
methods.)
HINT
• When bent
Change the plate. Small vibrations directly from the table are
being absorbed by the 4 rubber feet.
(Vibration can only be absorbed to a limit)

2. Clean as needed so that no dust, sticky


residue, or dents are on the guide board or
roller. Make sure no sticky residue is on
the plate.
3. Change the Sub-scan unit. (Refer to
"5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-
scan unit (Page 5-12)")
4. Change the exposure unit. (Refer to
"5.2.12 Removing & attaching the
exposure unit (Page 5-20)")
5. Change the light collection unit. (Refer to
"5.2.13 Removing & attaching light
collection unit (Page 5-21)")
White spots (left/right) Refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-
2)"and perform plate oblique adjustment.

3-70 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter
Chapter 4
4 Using a Service Tool to
Confirm Behavior
An explanation of how to confirm device operation.

IMPORTANT
The ImagePilot service tool will only start up with the ImagePilot server. Moreover,
when confirming operation of this device connected from the client's side, run service 4
tool and user tool operations from the ImagePilot server side.

Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior


4.1 Behavior Confirmation Summary ............................................4-2
4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display..........................................4-2
4.2.1 The [Unit test] Screen & Function Summary ...........4-2
4.2.2 The [Unit Test] Screen & Function Summary ..........4-3
4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device ...................................4-3
4.4 Sensor status Check................................................................4-5
4.4.1 Sensor status Confirmation Process........................4-5
4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status...................................4-5
4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status........................................4-6
Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.1 Behavior Confirmation Summary 4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display
To confirm the operation of each device within the device, as well Below is an explanation of how to display the [Unit Test] screen
as check sensor status, an ImagePilot service tool called the Unit needed to confirm device operation, as well as a summary of
Test function (REGIUS /II exclusive) can be used. available functions.

4.2.1 The [Unit test] Screen & Function


Summary

Displaying the "Unit test" Screen

1. Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an


ImagePilot connected to this device.
The "Service Tool" screen will be displayed for reader
settings.
For details on the "Service Tool" screen, refer to the
ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.
USB2.0
2. Select "Reader Settings", then click the "Settings"
ImagePilot REGIUS Σ/ΣII button for "Unit Test".
The [Unit test] screen is displayed.
When displaying the [Unit test] (Check) screen, the device will
move into maintenance mode.
The following actions can be performed at the [Unit test] (Check)
screen.
• Independent operation of each device (motors, LEDs,
4 etc.)
• Display sensor status
• Setting reader parameters
4.1 Behavior Confirmation Summary

This chapter provides a summary of the functions available at the


[Unit test] (Check) screen, steps to take in order to confirm single
device operation, and an explanation of how to confirm sensor
status.
For details not covered in this chapter, including detailed screen A Summary of [Unit test] Screen Functions
explanations, refer to "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 8-
2)". The "Unit test" screen includes 6 buttons, each capable of
activating a function as explained below.
Button Content
[Unit Test] button Allows you to perform an independent
operation check for each device in the
device. (A function explained in this
chapter.)

[Disp Error Hist] button Allows you to check the error history.

[Setting for Warning] Allows you to toggle the "Study is not


button registered." and image re-erase request
dialogs ON/OFF.

[Clear Service Call error] Used for a Service Call Error status.
button

[Confirm reader status] Allows you to check the following reader


button adjustment results.
• Unit settings
• Irregularity
• Sensitivity
• Mechanical counter
• Base board number

[Exit] button Allows you to exit the "Unit test" screen.

For screens displayed during execution of these functions, refer to


"8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 8-2)".

4-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.2.2 The [Unit Test] Screen & Function 4.3 Confirming behavior of a single
Summary device
The loading/feeding motor will be used to illustrate the steps
Displaying the [Unit Test] screen. involved in confirming the operation of a single device in the
device.
1. Click the [Unit test] button at the "Unit test" screen
(Page 4-2). 1. Click the "Motor" tab at the "Unit Test" screen.
The [Unit Test] screen is displayed. The "Motor" panel is displayed.

2. Select which operation you would like performed at


the Operation Selection column.

IMPORTANT
• If you only want to confirm motor operation, select
[CW] (Clock Wise) or [CCW] (Counter Clock Wise).

Summary of functions at the [Unit Test] screen


4
The [Unit Test] screen consists of 3 panels, each of which can be
CW
accessed by clicking a tab.
CCW
Each panel is explained below.

4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device


Panel Content

[LED] Enables you to check the operation for


each of the LEDs used as status lamps. • If using a cassette, refer to " Unit Test: Cassette
[Motor] Allows you to check the operation for
Feeding Flow (Page 4-4)", and follow the process
each motor. described for operation.

[Erase Unit] Allows you to check operation for the


Eraser LED and its cooling fan.
3. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter
the number of rotations you want the motor to
perform in the Set Rotations column.
In addition, the "Sensor status" area at the bottom of the screen
allows you to display the status of every sensor, even if you switch IMPORTANT
to another panel. The [CW] of the Casette tray move motor does not work
When you are finished at the "Unit Test" screen, clicking the if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off. [CW] also stops if
"Back" button on the lower right of the screen will return you to the the Tray HP Sensor is turned off while it is working.
"Unit test" screen.

• For details on how to confirm device operation, refer to "4.3


Confirming behavior of a single device (Page 4-3)".
• For details on how to confirm sensor status, refer to "4.4 Sensor
status Check (Page 4-5)".
• For screen details, refer to "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)
(Page 8-2)".

REGIUS /II Service Manual 4-3


Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4. Select all other operation settings.


Item Content
Unit Test: Cassette Feeding Flow
[Erase Speed] Set the erase speed. (When selecting the
"Transport Plate (Return)" operation.) IMPORTANT
[Resolution] Select a resolution to be used during the image Other than [CW] and [CCW] for motor operations
read operation. (When selecting the "Transport performed via [Unit Test], only the following order of
Plate (Send)" operation.) operation be guaranteed to work. Also, a cassette is
[ElectroMag clutch] Select whether or not the magnetic clutch is used for this operation. (15 × 30 cm cassettes cannot
operated. (When selecting the "Transport Plate be used.)
(Send)" or "Transport Plate (Return)" operation.)
• When selecting OFF, the loading/feeding
operation will be performed with the
Magnetic
magnetic clutch as it was before operation.
This will not change regardless of whether No. Motor Operation Clutch
the magnetic clutch is ON or OFF. (Pulldown)
Refer to "• Setting combinations for the 1 Full initialization
loading/feeding motor's magnetic clutch".
2 Cassette insertion
[Cassette Size] Select the cassette size. (When selecting the
"Transport Plate (Return)" operation.) 3 Loading NIP motor Cassette position
control

• Setting combinations for the loading/feeding motor's 4 Tray moving motor Cassette position
magnetic clutch control 1

Magnetic Clutch Button is ON Button is OFF 5 Tray moving motor Cassette position
control 2
Pulldown set to Magnetic clutch operates Magnetic clutch operates
OFF via ON. via ON. 6 Loading NIP motor Tray lock release
After operating, turns OFF. After operating, turns OFF.
4 Pulldown set to Magnetic clutch operates Magnetic clutch operates
7 Tray moving motor Tray pullout
OFF via ON. via OFF. 8 Loading NIP motor Roller NIP + Tray
After operating, stays ON. After operating, stays OFF. raised
4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device

9 SubScan nip motor Initialize


HINT 10 Magnetic clutch OFF
Leaving the magnetic clutch ON for a long period of time (button)
will not cause the reader any errors. Also, initialization will 11 Loading/Feeding Plate feeding (send) ON
occur when exiting the "Unit Test" screen, so no problems motor
will occur.
12 Insertion nip motor Scanning

5. Click the [Start] button. 13 Sub-scan NIP motor Plate feeding (send)
1

14 Sub-scan feeding Plate feeding (send)


motor

15 Sub-scan feeding Plate feeding (return)


motor

16 Insertion nip motor Erasing

17 Magnetic clutch ON
The loading/feeding motor will operate according to the (button)
selected content.
18 Loading/feeding Plate feeding (return) OFF
motor

19 Loading NIP motor Tray lowered + roller


NIP

20 Magnetic clutch OFF


(button)

21 Tray moving motor Tray return 1

22 Tray moving motor Tray return 2

23 Loading NIP motor Cassette lock


release

24 Cassette removal

4-4 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.4 Sensor status Check 4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status
Perform the following steps to confirm sensor status. Cassette size calculation is performed based on the status of 4
Also, the relationship between sensor status and device status when sensors.
calculating the device status with multiple sensors is explained
Sensor status
here. Cassette size
S1 S2 S3 S4
• "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status (Page 4-5)"
• "4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status (Page 4-6)" 14" × 17" ON ON ON ON

14" × 14" ON ON ON
4.4.1 Sensor status Confirmation Process
15 cm × 30 cm ON ON ON
Perform the following steps to confirm sensor status.
11" × 14" ON ON
1. Click the "Start Monitoring" button at the "Unit
Test" screen. 10" × 12" ON ON ON

24 cm × 30 cm ON ON

8" × 10" ON

18 cm × 24 cm ON ON

No cassette

• S1: Size detection sensor 1 status


• S2: Size detection sensor 2 status
• S3: Size detection sensor 3 status
• S4: Size detection sensor 4 status
4

4.4 Sensor status Check


The sensor status is then monitored, and the "Start
Monitoring" button changes to a "Stop" button.
Once monitoring begins, an updated sensor status is
displayed on the [Sensor status] screen about once every 3
seconds. Also, a progress bar is displayed above the "Stop"
button.

Progress bar

2. Confirm the sensor status.

IMPORTANT
Other single device operation commands cannot be
sent while the sensors are being monitored. For
example, sensors cannot be monitored while operating
a motor.
If you want to run a different single device operation
command, you'll have to stop sensor monitoring first.

3. After confirming sensor operations, click the "Stop"


button.
Sensor status monitoring will come to a halt.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 4-5


Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status


The status of NIP insertion by the loading NIP motor, and the
status of 3 sensors located to the left of the upper insertion unit, are
defined in the following chart.
Sensor status
Rotatio
No. NIP insertion status NIP n
Lock
open/ HP angle
release
close

1 Home position ON 0°

2 Tray ejecting notch ON ON 45°


lowered

3 Tray lock released ON 85°

4 NIP insertion status ON ON 135°

5 Tray raised ON 180°

6 Inserted NIP released ON ON ON 225°

7 Cassette lock released ON ON -45°

• Rotation angle: The rotation angle from home position.

4 1 2 3
4.4 Sensor status Check

4 5 6

Loading NIP 7 Loading NIP


Open/Close HP Sensor
Sensor
Tray Lock
Release Sensor

Upper
Insertion Unit

4-6 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter
Chapter 5
5 Disassembly & Assembly
An explanation of the steps needed to disassemble and assemble the
device.

5.1 Before Disassembly .................................................................5-2


5.2 Fundamental Steps ..................................................................5-3
5.3 Changing electrical parts........................................................5-25
5.4 Changing mechanical parts ...................................................5-40
5.5 Changing cassette parts ........................................................5-51
5

Disassembly & Assembly


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.1 Before Disassembly 5.1.2 Checking & adjustments needed after


assembly
5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions
When devices or parts have been reattached or changed,
adjustments and confirmation must be done as described in the
CAUTION following chart.
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker IMPORTANT
and disconnect the power cable from the device. After making vertical/horizontal magnification
Otherwise, your fingers may get caught in sliding or adjustments, read starting point adjustments, or oblique
rotating parts inside of the device due to accidental adjustments, make sure to correct irregularity.
operation. Correction of irregularity must be done for both 175 µm
• Please use a static electricity resistant wristband and 87.5 µm resolutions.
when handling electronic components inside the
device. Touching a charged base board or other
electronic component may damage or destroy it. Device/part Confirmation/adjustment

All units and parts • Confirm that all status lamps are lit right after
turning the power ON.
• Confirm that the Ready Lamp is lit after
initialization.
• When performing an image read, confirm that
the image is displayed on the ImagePilot.

Upper Insertion • Oblique confirmation/adjustment


Unit
For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments
(Page 6-2)".

Exposure Unit • Confirm/adjust horizontal magnification


Attach a ground strap to your wrist, and attach its clip to a metal • Confirm/adjust read starting point
portion of the unit for solid grounding. • Perform sensitivity calibration
5 • Correct irregularity
• Do not touch the inside of this device with bare
hands. Dirt or oils from the skin may cause the Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service
device to rust, resulting in defective sliding or rotating Manual.
5.1 Before Disassembly

parts.
Light Collection • Perform sensitivity calibration
• When assembling this device, make sure all wiring is Unit • Correct irregularity
returned to its proper location, and confirm that no
wires are lodged in any attachments, etc. If wires are Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service
lodged or caught in any attachments, it may cause Manual.
the device to malfunction.
Eraser Unit/Assy When changing parts:
• Do NOT loosen any screws that are painted white or (Eraser LED) • Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up
yellow. If any white screws are loosened, device
Use the service tool's [Unit Test] (Check)
recovery may be impossible to perform at the service function to make the Eraser LED light up,
site. then confirm visually that it has indeed lit up.
- If it flickers or does not light up at all, there is
a defective connection.

For a detailed explanation of the [Unit


Test](Check) function, refer to "4.2 [Unit
Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)".

• Clear the Erase Counter


Use the service tool's [Processing Counter]
function to perform this task.

Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service


Manual.

5-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

Device/part Confirmation/adjustment 5.2 Fundamental Steps


Sub-scan Unit • Confirm image When disassembling and reassembling this device, certain
If there are no problems, no adjustment is fundamental steps must be taken, including a method of removing
necessary. and attaching the external panel, which are fully explained here.
If a problem is found, perform the following
confirmation/adjustment. 5.2.1 Power OFF/ON
- Confirm/adjust vertical and horizontal
magnification The device's power OFF/ON method is explained below.
- Confirm/adjust read starting point
- Perform sensitivity calibration Power OFF
- Correct irregularity
Turn the power supply circuit breaker OFF, then remove the power
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service cable and USB cable.
Manual.
1. Make sure the Busy Lamp is unlit.
- Oblique confirmation/adjustment
2. Turn OFF the power supply circuit breaker.
For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments
(Page 6-2)".

SW power supply • Confirm voltage

Details can be found in the change process


descriptive text ("5.3.5 Changing the SW power
supply (Page 5-30)".

Main board Make a backup of base board data before


changing. After changing, the backup data must
be restored via the new base board.

Details can be found in the change process


descriptive text ("5.3.4 Changing the main board
(Page 5-28)". 5

3. Unplug the power cable from its outlet and


disconnect it from the device.

5.2 Fundamental Steps


5.1.3 Problems that often occur after
assembly
When forgetting to connect the connectors, or they are not securely
attached, the following problems will occur. Make sure to
thoroughly check that all connectors are fastened securely.
Connectors to check when a
Trouble
problem occurs
The Status Lamp will not light up. Status LED board
• SCN1
An error occurs during Left side of device (Sub-scan
initialization. unit)
• JP36-2(-A)
Right side of device (Sub-
scan unit)
• JJ37
• JP7-2
After the image reading process is Right side of device (lower
complete and the cassette is insertion unit)
removed, the Ready Lamp • JP16-2
continues to blink.
(No problem before the image
reading process)

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-3


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Disconnect the USB cable from the device. 3. Switch ON the power supply circuit breaker.

4. Check the status lamps.


• After turning the power ON, all lamps should be lit for
approximately 5 seconds during initialization. If any of the
lamps are not lit, they may be in need of repair.
• Once initialization has ended, and image reading can be
performed, the Ready Lamp should be lit.

HINT
If this device is not connected to the ImagePilot, or the
ImagePilot has not started up, the Error Lamp will be lit.

This concludes the power ON sequence.

5.2.2 Removing the external panel & parts


This concludes the power OFF sequence.
External panel and part removal should be performed as follows.

Power ON
Upper Cover Assy
Connect the USB cable and power cable to the device, then switch (Page 5-5)
the device power ON.
Upper Insertion Unit
1. Connect the USB cable to the device. (Page 5-6)

HINT Left Side Panel


When wiring the cable to the back of the device, it can be (Page 5-7)
threaded through the notches at the bottom.
Right Side Panel
(Page 5-8)
5

Rear Panel Patch Assy


5.2 Fundamental Steps

(Page 5-9)

Lower Insertion Unit


(Page 5-9)

Front Panel Assy


(Page 5-11)

Sub-scan Unit
USB Cable
(Page 5-12)

Eraser Unit
Notch (Page 5-17)

Exposure Unit
(Page 5-20)

Light Collection Unit


(Page 5-21)
2. Connect the power cable to this device, then plug it
into an outlet.
Upper Door Assy
IMPORTANT (Page 5-23)
To prevent the power cable from coming loose, make
sure to thread it through the locking wire saddles (× 2). : External Unit

5-4 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover 3. Remove the upper cover assy.
assy
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
upper cover assy.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process


This concludes the upper cover assy removal process.
1. Open the upper Door.

The attachment process

1. Open the upper door.

2. Attach the upper cover assy.


First attach the 2 protruding parts in front, then slide the back
part down and in until it fits.

2. Remove the screws from the upper cover assy.

5.2 Fundamental Steps


• Screw × 2

3. Attach the screws to the upper cover assy.


• Screw × 2

This concludes the upper cover assy attachment process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-5


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper 4. Insert the cables removed in step 2 into the square
insertion unit holes from the top.
Lift up the upper insertion unit a bit from each side, then
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the insert cables into the square holes.
upper insertion unit.

CAUTION
5. Remove the upper insertion unit.

Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure


to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.

2. Remove the cables (connectors) as shown in the


Handle the upper insertion unit from the sections circled in
diagram.
the illustration below (normally from the 2 sections on the
• JP30-2 inside).
• JP3-2

JP3-2
JP30-2

5
5.2 Fundamental Steps

3. Remove the screws from the upper insertion unit.


IMPORTANT
When setting down the removed upper insertion unit,
• A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6) place it upside down to avoid scratching the antistatic
• B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × sheet Assy (circled in the illustration below).
8)

A B A
B

A A

This concludes the upper insertion unit removal process.

5-6 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


The attachment process cover assy (Page 5-5)"and attach the upper cover
assy.
1. Pull the connectors out of the square holes they
were placed in while removing the upper insertion
This concludes the upper insertion unit attachment process.
unit, and put the upper insertion unit on top of the
frame.
Things to check/adjust when re-attaching the same
upper insertion unit.
Perform the following checks/adjustments when re-attaching the
upper insertion unit.
• Checking/adjusting oblique lighting
For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the left
side panel.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
2. Press the upper insertion unit in towards the rear, to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
and tighten it down with screws. disconnect the power cable from the device.
• A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
• B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × Things to prepare
8)
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

A The removal process


A B B 5
1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
A cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
A
assy.

5.2 Fundamental Steps


2. Remove the left door and USB cover.

3. Connect the cables.


• JP30-2
• JP3-2
Left Door Assy
(After connecting the connectors, thread the cable through the 2
wire saddle points.)

JP3-2 USB Cover

JP30-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-7


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3. Remove the left side panel. 5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
• Screws × 3 panel
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the right
side panel.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


This concludes the left side panel removal process. cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.
The attachment process
2. Remove the right side panel.
1. Attach the left side panel. • Screws × 3
• Screws × 3
Attach while abutted in the upward direction.

5
5.2 Fundamental Steps

This concludes the right side panel removal process.

The attachment process


IMPORTANT
Make sure Notch A shown above does not get caught 1. Attach the right side panel.
on the frame, and that the panel bottom is not open. • Screws × 3
Attach while abutted in the upward direction.
2. Attach the left door assy.

HINT A
If no difficulties are experienced during this process, attach
the USB cover after connecting the USB cable.

3. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the left side panel attachment process.

5-8 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

IMPORTANT
The attachment process
Make sure Notch A shown above does not get caught
on the frame, and that the panel bottom is not open. 1. Attach the rear panel patch assy together with the
rear assy.
2. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper • Screws × 4
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy. IMPORTANT

This concludes the right side panel attachment process. While supporting the rear assy so that it doesn't fall off,
attach the rear panel patch assy.

5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel 2. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
patch assy. panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

The following is a description of how to remove and attach the rear 3. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
panel patch assy. panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
CAUTION
4. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and assy.
disconnect the power cable from the device.
This concludes the rear panel patch assy attachment process.

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. 5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit
The removal process The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
lower insertion unit.
1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover CAUTION
assy. • Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
5
2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side and disconnect the power cable from the device.
panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel. • In order to avoid potential base board damage while

5.2 Fundamental Steps


discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. during the process.

4. Remove the rear panel patch assy together with the


rear assy. Things to prepare
• Screws × 4 Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

IMPORTANT
The removal process
While supporting the rear assy so that it doesn't fall off,
remove the rear panel patch assy. 1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
Rear Panel Patch Assy assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

Rear Assy

This concludes the rear panel patch assy removal process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-9


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Remove cables connected to the status LED board. 7. Remove the lower insertion unit.
• SCN1
These cables travel underneath the status LED board, so
make sure to pull them out.

SCN1

This concludes the lower insertion unit removal process.

The attachment process


5. Remove connectors from the right side of the
device as illustrated. 1. Check the upper insertion unit's cam part.
• JP16-2 If the situation is not as shown below, rotate the cam part so
that the detector is angled according to the illustration.

Loading NIP Loading NIP


Open/Close HP Sensor
Sensor
Tray Lock
5 Release Sensor
5.2 Fundamental Steps

Upper
Insertion Unit

6. Remove the screws from the lower insertion unit.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)

IMPORTANT
When the situation is the same as illustrated, the upper
insertion unit's notches are in the escape position. If the
notches are not in the escape position, contact may
occur when attaching the lower insertion unit.

2. Attach the lower insertion unit to the frame.

3. Secure the lower insertion unit with screws.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)

5-10 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Connect cables to the lower insertion unit from the 5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel
right side of the device. assy
• JP16-2
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
front panel assy.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

5. Connect cables to the status LED board.


The removal process
• SCN1
Pass the cables underneath the status LED board to connect 1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
them. cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


SCN1 panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
5
4. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
insertion unit.

5.2 Fundamental Steps


5. Remove the front panel assy.
• Screws × 4

6. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

7. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

8. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the lower insertion unit attachment process.

This concludes the front panel assy removal process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-11


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


The attachment process unit
1. Attach the front panel assy. The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
• Screws × 4 Sub-scan unit.
Attach while abutted as shown by the illustration. (In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure
unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single
assembly.)

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
Abutment sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
direction and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Abutment Part • In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Things to prepare
The front panel assy Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
in the bubble is a cross-section view.
The removal process
2. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower 1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
insertion unit. cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.
3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel. 2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
4. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
5 panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel. 3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
5. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper 4. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
5.2 Fundamental Steps

patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and remove the rear panel


assy. patch assy.

This concludes the front panel assy attachment process.


5. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
insertion unit.

6. Remove the frame's anterior cover.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

5-12 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

7. Remove cables connected to the main board from 10. Remove the handle (light collection unit cleaning
the exposure unit and light collection unit. handle).
• Exposure unit: CN8, CN9 Take it out while turned in the #2 position.
• Light Collection Unit: CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12
(Together with the main board connector names.)

Light Collection Unit Exposure Unit

CNxx

20 12 11 10 14 9 8 5 6 7

USB 21 4
(13)
1 2 3

Unused

11. Remove connectors from the right side of the


device as illustrated.
• JJ37
• JP7-2

8. Remove connectors from the left side of the device


as illustrated.
• JP36-2 JJ37 5

5.2 Fundamental Steps


JP7-2

12. Remove the fan assembly (Eraser LED cooling fan).


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

JP36-2

9. Remove the handle (unjamming dial).


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-13


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

13. Pull the device's rear lever and slide down the exit 16. Pull the sub-scan unit about 5cm out of the device,
guide. then coil the cables removed from the main board
around the exposure unit protrusions.

IMPORTANT
When removing the sub-scan unit, be careful not to get
the cables caught on the frame, upper insertion unit,
etc. Space between the exposure unit and upper
insertion unit is extremely small, so be sure not to pull
out the sub-scan unit while cables remain on top of the
exposure unit.

Exit Guide

Exposure
Unit
Lever

14. Remove the screws from the sub-scan unit. Protrusions


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 8 (M3 × 6)

Sub-scan Unit

Wrapping Reference

17. Pull out and remove the sub-scan unit.


5.2 Fundamental Steps

15. Open the upper door. Handle the sub-scan unit from the sections circled in the
illustration below. When setting it down, place it on the table
so that the protruding parts hang off the edge, enabling it to
sit flat as shown in the bubble.

Table

This concludes the sub-scan unit removal process.

5-14 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Close the upper door.


The attachment process
5. Secure the sub-scan unit with screws.
1. Make sure all parts removed from the sub-scan unit • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 8 (M3 × 6)
are back in place.

The unjamming dial and Light Collection Unit


cleaning handle are not attached here.

HINT
6. Raise the exit guide upright.

Attachments you might forget:


• Attach exposure unit screws
(Exposure unit: 6 places, Fixed pin Assy: 2 places)
• Reconnect cables disconnected when removing and
attaching base board assembly (4 places)

2. As done during removal, coil the exposure unit


cables, etc. around the exposure unit protrusions.
5
3. When inserting the sub-scan unit into the device,
unravel the coiled cables part way through and
place them on top of the exposure unit.

5.2 Fundamental Steps


IMPORTANT
• When inserting the sub-scan unit, make sure it slides 7. Attach the fan assembly (Eraser LED cooling fan).
into the guides along the bottom of the device. Make • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
sure it is not loaded at a slant, or that it does not hit
the loaded part when lifted.
• Depending on how the cables were coiled, they
might get smashed when putting the sub-scan unit
back into the device. In some cases you may not be
able to uncoil the cables, so make sure to check the
cable status while inserting the sub-scan unit into the
device, then uncoil them from the protrusions part
way through.

Sub-scan Unit

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-15


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

8. Connect cables on the right side of the device. 11. Connect cables on the left side of the device.
• JJ37 • JP36-2
• JP7-2

JJ37

JP36-2
JP7-2

12. Connect exposure unit and light collection unit


9. Attach the handle (light collection unit cleaning cables to the main board.
handle). • Exposure unit: CN8, CN9
Insert aligned with mark #1. Once abutted, twist it to the • Light Collection Unit: CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12
mark #2 position and push it in until it stops. (Together with the main board connector names.)
After pushing it in, remove your hand, and the handle will
return to the mark #1 position. Light Collection Unit Exposure Unit

CNxx

20 12 11 10 14 9 8 5 6 7

USB 21 4
5 (13)
1 2 3

Unused
5.2 Fundamental Steps

10. Attach the handle (unjamming dial).


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

13. Attach the frame's anterior cover.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

5-16 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

14. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower 5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit
insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower
insertion unit. The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
eraser unit.
15. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel CAUTION
patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and attach the rear panel
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
patch assy.
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
16. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel. • In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
17. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel. during the process.
• Do NOT touch the erase filter (the yellow part) of the
18. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper eraser unit. Do not let dust or debris contaminate the
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover parts while handling them.
assy.
Things to prepare
This concludes the sub-scan unit attachment process. Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

Things to check/adjust when re-attaching a sub-scan The removal process


unit
When re-attaching a sub-scan unit, make sure to check the read 1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
image status as a final step. If the image has a problem, check/ unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
adjust the device as follows. In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the
• Confirm/adjust vertical and horizontal magnification exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as
a single assembly.
• Confirm/adjust read starting point
• Perform sensitivity calibration 2. Remove the air intake duct from the left side of the
sub-scan unit.
• Correct irregularity
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Repair Manual for • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6) 5
details on the items above.
• Checking/adjusting oblique lighting
For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

3. Remove the exhaust air duct from the right side of 5.2 Fundamental Steps
the sub-scan unit.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-17


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Remove the dustproof cover. 7. Remove the screws from the eraser unit.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6) • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

5. Remove the base board cover. 8. Remove the eraser unit.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6) At this point it will be hitched on the sub-scan unit's side
plate boss, so slide it up a bit to remove it.

5
5.2 Fundamental Steps

Boss
6. Remove 2 cables connected to the LED drive2
board.
• CN2 Eraser Unit

• CN3
(Together with the LED drive2 board connector names.)
After removing each connector, unhook them from their
clamps and wire saddles so that they are no longer secured to
the eraser unit.

CN1 CN3
CN2 This concludes the eraser unit removal process.
CN4

5-18 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Attach the base board cover.


The attachment process • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
1. Hitch the eraser unit to the sub-scan unit's side
plate boss.
There are 3 bosses on one side. Fit the eraser unit to the top 2
bosses and slide it down. Once the eraser unit's indentation
enters the second boss from the top, it will slide down by its
own weight.

Eraser Unit

5. Attach the dustproof cover.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Boss

Eraser
Unit

5.2 Fundamental Steps


6. Attach the air intake duct.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

2. Secure the eraser unit with screws.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

3. Connect 2 cables to the LED drive2 board.


• CN2
• CN3
(Together with the LED drive2 board connector names.)

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-19


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly Scanner y colector de luz

7. Attach the exhaust air duct. 5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6) unit
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
exposure unit.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• Do not touch the exposure unit's dustproof glass
(where laser light is emitted). Do not let dust or
debris contaminate the parts while handling them.

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

8. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. The removal process

1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


This concludes the eraser unit attachment process. unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the
Confirmation/settings needed when changing the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as
Eraser Unit or Eraser Unit Assy a single assembly.
When the eraser unit or eraser unit assy have been changed, the
following confirmation and settings must be performed. 2. Remove the screws from the exposure unit.
• Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 6 (M3 × 6)
Use the service tool's [Unit test] to access the [Unit Test]
(Check) screen, operate the Eraser LED, and confirm visually
5 that it lights up.
- If the LED flickers or does not light up,
cable connection may be defective.
5.2 Fundamental Steps

For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Test] (Check) function,


refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)".
• Clear the Erase Counter
Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform
this task.
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for
details.

HINT
When the Eraser LED has lit up more than 42,000 times, a
warning message is displayed. 3. Remove the exposure unit's positioning pin Assys
(one per side).
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 per side (M3 × 6)

5-20 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Remove the exposure unit. 5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection
unit
Exposure Unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
light collection unit.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• Do not touch the light collecting mirror base (at the
tip) or the light guide (transparent part).Do not let
dust or debris contaminate the parts while handling
them.

Things to prepare
This concludes the exposure unit removal process. Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The attachment process The removal process


1. Place the exposure unit on top of the sub-scan 1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit's rail, then press it inward. unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the
Rail exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as
a single assembly.

2. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure


unit (Page 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit
from the sub-scan unit.
5
3. Remove the screws from the light collection unit.
• A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
• B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2

5.2 Fundamental Steps


(M3 × 10)

2. Attach the exposure unit's positioning pin Assys


(one per side). B
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 per side (M3 × 6)
A
3. Secure the exposure unit with screws.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 6 (M3 × 6) A

4. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. A

B A
This concludes the exposure unit attachment process.

Things to check/adjust when re-attaching an exposure


unit
When the same exposure unit has been re-attached, adjustments
and confirmation must be done as follows.
• Confirm/adjust horizontal magnification
• Confirm/adjust read starting point
• Perform sensitivity calibration
• Correct irregularity
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-21


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Remove the light collection unit. 3. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure
unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit to the
Light sub-scan unit.
Collection Unit
4. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the light collection unit attachment process.
Things to check/adjust when re-attaching the same
light collection unit.
When the same light collection unit have been re-attached,
adjustments and confirmation must be done as follows.
• Perform sensitivity calibration
• Correct irregularity
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.
This concludes the light collection unit removal process.
The attachment process (when changing assemblies)
The attachment process
1. Place the light collection unit on top of the sub-scan
IMPORTANT unit's rail, then press them inward.
When changing the light collection unit, the PMT
support plate and light collection unit positions needs to Rail
be adjusted. Refer to " The attachment process (when
changing assemblies) (Page 5-22)".

1. Place the light collection unit on top of the sub-scan


unit's rail, then press them inward.

5 Rail
5.2 Fundamental Steps

2. Loosen the screws on the PMT support plate.


• D: Screws × 2 (step 3 illustration)

3. Secure the light collection unit with screws.


Attach screws marked A through D in the illustration in the
following order.
2. Secure the light collection unit with screws. 1) A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
First attach the 2 screws marked "A" in the illustration. 2) B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
• A, B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6) 3) C: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2
• C: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 10)
(M3 × 10) 4) D: Screws × 2

C D

A A
B B

A A
C B C B

5-22 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure 3. Slide the Rotation Support Point Assy (left side) to
unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit to the the right and remove it.
sub-scan unit. Remove the spring at this point as well.

5. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

This concludes the light collection unit attachment process when


changing them out.

Things to check/adjust when changing light collection


unit.
Spring
When changing light collection unit, adjustments and confirmation
must be done as follows.
• Perform sensitivity calibration
• Correct irregularity Rotation Support Point Assy
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.
4. Slide the upper door assy to the left, remove the
right shaft from the device, and remove the upper
5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door door assy.
assy Remove the spring at this point as well.
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the
upper door assy. Upper Door Assy

CAUTION Spring
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

5
Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

5.2 Fundamental Steps


The removal process

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy. This concludes the upper door assy removal process.

2. Remove the screw from the Rotation Support Point


Assy on the left side.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Screws

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-23


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

2. Loosen the screws on each side of the locating


The attachment process plate.
• Screws on each side × 2
IMPORTANT
When changing the upper door assy, the locating plate's
position needs to be adjusted. Refer to " The
attachment process (when changing assemblies) (Page
5-24)".

1. Place the spring into the support pillar (Rotation Locating Plate
Support Point Assy) on the right side of the upper
door assy, then insert the support pillar into the
device.

2. Attach the removed Rotation Support Point Assy to


the spring, then fix it to the device.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Upper Door Assy


3. Close the upper door, push in the direction
indicated below, then tighten the locating plate's
Spring screws.
• Screws on each side × 2

Press This Direction

Rotation
Spring Support
Point Assy

Screws
5.2 Fundamental Steps

3. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy. 4. Remove the upper door assy, insert the spring, then
attach it to the device.
This concludes the upper cover assy attachment process. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

The attachment process (when changing assemblies)


5. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.
1. Attach the upper door assy to the device without a
spring. IMPORTANT
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6) After attaching the upper cover assy, confirm that there
is no noticeable difference in level between it and the
Rotation Support upper door assy. If the upper door assy is raised,
Point Assy
Upper Door Assy readjust its positioning board.

This concludes the upper door assy attachment process for


changing assemblies.

5-24 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3 Changing electrical parts 5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board
Follow the steps below to change the LED drive2 board.
5.3.1 Changing the status LED board
CAUTION
Follow the steps below to change the status LED board.
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
CAUTION sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be and disconnect the power cable from the device.
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker • In order to avoid potential base board damage while
and disconnect the power cable from the device. discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly during the process.
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process. Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
Process Summary estimated number of man-hours to perform.
This process requires the following number of employees and Employees Man-hours
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
1
Employees Man-hours

1
Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process

The changing process 1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover 2. Remove the dustproof cover.
5
assy. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

2. Change the status LED board.

5.3 Changing electrical parts


• Screws × 2
• CN1
(Status LED board connector name.)
Pass the cables underneath the status LED board to connect
them.

STATUS_LED_BOARD

CN1

3. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the status LED board changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-25


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3. Remove the base board cover. 5. Change the LED drive2 board.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6) • Screws × 4

4. Remove all cables connected to the LED drive2 6. Connect cables to all LED drive2 board connectors.
board.
IMPORTANT
How to connect the FFC cable (CN1)
CN1 Insert the FFC cable placing the contact face toward the
CN3
CN2 opposite side of the lock lever and insert it vertically.
CN4 When doing so, make sure to firmly insert the FFC
cable to the connector vertically until it touches the
body.

5
FFC Cable
Contact Face
5.3 Changing electrical parts

IMPORTANT
How to remove the FFC cable (CN1)
Remove the FFC cable after unlocking the lock by Push up the vertically standing lock lever toward the
pushing up the CN1 lock lever. rotation direction to lock it. After connecting it, confirm
that it is firmly locked by gently pulling up the FFC
cable.

Lock Lever

7. Attach the base board cover.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

5-26 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

8. Attach the dustproof cover. 4. Remove the substrate backing plate.


• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6) • Screw × 3
Loosen the 2 screws on the top, and remove 1 screw on the
bottom.

Loosen

Remove
Base Board Backup Plate
9. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the LED drive2 board changing process. 5. Attach the substrate backing plate to the new
Eraser Unit Assy.
• Screw × 3
5.3.3 Changing the Eraser Unit Assy (Eraser
LED) 6. Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser
unit (Page 5-17)", and attach the eraser unit to the
Follow the steps below to change the Eraser Unit Assy.
sub-scan unit.
CAUTION In addition, refer to the attachment process covered in "5.2.11
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be Removing and attaching the eraser unit", and when
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker "connecting cables to the LED drive2 board", attach the
and disconnect the power cable from the device. previously removed LED drive2 board, then connect the 5
cables to all LED drive2 board connectors.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
7. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan

5.3 Changing electrical parts


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
during the process.

This concludes the eraser unit assy changing process.


Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform. Confirmation/settings needed after changing the
Employees Man-hours Eraser Unit Assy
1 • Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up
Use the service tool's [Unit test] to access the [Unit Test]
(Check) screen, operate the Eraser LED, and confirm visually
Things to prepare that it lights up.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. - If the LED flickers or does not light up,
Cable connection may be defective.
The changing process For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Test] (Check) function,
refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)".
1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan • Clear the Erase Counter
unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform
this task.
2. Refer to "5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Repair Manual for
(Page 5-25)", and remove the LED drive2 board. details.

3. Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser HINT


unit (Page 5-17)", and remove the eraser unit from When the Eraser LED has lit up more than 42,000 times, a
the sub-scan unit. warning message is displayed.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-27


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.4 Changing the main board 2. Exit the ImagePilot and device, then turn OFF their
power sources.
All of the device's setting data is saved to the main board. So when
changing the main board, it's important to back up any data saved 3. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
to the current main board before progressing. After changing it, the cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
backup data must then be restored to the new main board. assy.
A reader program is also written to the main board. A program
written to the main board may become old when the main board is 4. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
changed, and require overwrite to a new program. panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
Use the service tool of the ImagePilot connected to this device to
backup or restore data or overwrite a program. 5. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
The steps needed to change the main board are summarized as
follows.
6. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
• For details on service tool operation, refer to the insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. insertion unit.
CAUTION
7. Remove the frame's anterior cover.
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

IMPORTANT
The main board must be changed when a problem is
thought to have occurred from within the main board. In
most cases, when a problem occurs with the main
5 board, connection is cut off between the device and
ImagePilot, and backup data can no longer be created.
The backup option is included while adjusting settings,
5.3 Changing electrical parts

so be sure to create backup data each time settings are


changed while the device is being serviced, etc.
8. Remove all cables connected to the main board.

CNxx
Process Summary
20 12 11 1014 9 8 5 6 7
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
USB 21 4
Employees Man-hours (13)
1 2 3
1
Unused

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1. If communications are possible between this device


and the ImagePilot, access the service tool's
[Change Base Board] screen to back up all data
saved to the main board into the ImagePilot.

HINT
When using the REGIUS MODEL 110 etc. to back up
ImagePilot setting information (system and JM information),
ImagePilot settings had to be returned to default. However,
since USB connection is used for the REGIUS /II, this is
no longer necessary.

5-28 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

9. Change the main board. 12. Attach the frame's anterior cover.
• Screw × 8 • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

When attaching the main board, loosely fasten the 2 screws 13. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
marked "A" in the illustration, then tighten them after sliding insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower
it to the left. After that, tighten it down with the remaining 6 insertion unit.
screws.
14. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

15. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

16. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


A A cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.
5
17. Turn ON the ImagePilot and device to start them up.
18. Overwrite the MAIN_BOARD program with the latest

5.3 Changing electrical parts


version on the [Install] screen and the [Program]
screen of the service tool.
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for
10. Confirm that the HV (high voltage) switch of the details.
MAIN_BOARD is set to ON.
19. Restore the backup data, which is created in step 1
at the [PCB] screen (or created when setting or
servicing the device, etc.) of the service tool, to the
ON OFF new main board.
HV
If no data is available to restore
If you were unable to back up the previous main board's data,
and there is no backup data created when setting or servicing,
the following recheck/readjustment process must be
Turn it on ON if it is OFF.
performed.
11. Connect the cables removed in step 8 to the main • Confirm the number of read pixels and read starting point
board. • Adjust the image size and image position
• Calibrate irregularity
• Perform sensitivity calibration
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for
details.

IMPORTANT
After making these settings, make sure to back up the
main board data.

20. Restart the device.


This concludes the main board changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-29


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply 7. Change the SW power supply.


• Screws × 2
Follow the steps below to change the SW power supply.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

Things to prepare
8. Connect the power supply circuit breaker cable to
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. the SW power supply.
• CN1
The changing process
9. Temporarily connect the power cable to the device
1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper and plug it into an outlet.
cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.
10. Turn the device ON, confirm the SW power supply's
output voltage, and adjust if out of range.
2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side Signal
Point of measurement Voltage range
panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel. name

+24 V CN51-6 CN51-1 23.50 - 24.50V


3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side (+ side) (- side)
5 panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower


insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
5.3 Changing electrical parts

CN1 CN51
insertion unit.

5. Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel VR51


assy (Page 5-11)" and remove the front panel assy.

6. Remove all cables connected to the SW power


supply.

Voltage Drop Voltage Rise

CN1 CN51
11. Unplug the power cable from its outlet and
disconnect it from the device.

12. Connect the cables to the SW power supply.


• CN51

13. Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel


assy (Page 5-11)" and attach the front panel assy.

14. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower


insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower
insertion unit.

15. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

16. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

5-30 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

17. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper 6. Remove the brackets attached to the power supply
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover circuit breaker.
assy. • Screws × 2
This concludes the SW power supply changing process.

5.3.6 Changing the power supply circuit


breaker
Follow the steps below to change the power supply circuit breaker.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform. 7. Change the power supply circuit breaker.
Employees Man-hours Check the switch's ON/OFF symbols to make sure it is
pointing in the direction shown in the illustration when
1
attaching it.

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover 5
assy.

2.

5.3 Changing electrical parts


Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. 8. Attach the brackets.

4. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower • Screws × 2


insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
insertion unit. 9. Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel
assy (Page 5-11)" and attach the front panel assy.
5. Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel
assy (Page 5-11)" and remove the front panel assy. 10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower
insertion unit.

11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the power supply circuit breaker changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-31


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.7 Changing the Inlet-NF wiring Assy 7. Remove the box cover patch assembly.
• Screws × 2
Follow the steps below to change the Inlet-NF wiring Assy.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

Things to prepare
8. Change the Inlet-NF wiring Assy.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
• Screws × 2
• Screw × 1 (ground)
The changing process
Attach so the inlet's central terminal is facing downward.
1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover Ground
assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper


door assy (Page 5-23)", and remove the upper door
assy.

5 3. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

4. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


5.3 Changing electrical parts

panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

5. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel


patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and remove the rear panel 9. Attach the box cover patch assembly.
patch assy. • Screws × 2
6. Remove upper door stoppers A and B. 10. Attach upper door stoppers A and B.
• Screw × 1 each • Screw × 1 each

11. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel


patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and attach the rear panel
Upper Door Stopper (B) patch assy.

12. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
Upper Door Stopper (A)
14. Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper
door assy (Page 5-23)" and attach the upper door
assy.

15. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the Inlet-NF wiring Assy changing process.

5-32 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.8 Changing size detection sensors 1 and 6. Remove the sensor assembly.
2 • Screws × 3
Follow the steps below to change size detection sensor 1 and size
detection sensor 2.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform. 7. Change the sensors.
Employees Man-hours
Size Detection
1 Sensor 1

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
5
assy.
Size Detection Sensor 2
2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
8.

5.3 Changing electrical parts


panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel. Attach the sensor assembly.
• Screws × 3
3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. 9. Attach the lower insertion unit cover.
• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)
4. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
insertion unit.
10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower
insertion unit.
5. Turn over the lower insertion unit and remove its
cover.
11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8) panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the changing process for size detection sensors 1


and 2.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-33


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.9 Changing the cassette sensor 5.3.10 Changing the plate sensor (light
receiving)
Follow the steps below to change the cassette sensor.
Follow the steps below to change the plate sensor (light receiving).
CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be CAUTION
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker • Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
and disconnect the power cable from the device. sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while and disconnect the power cable from the device.
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly • In order to avoid potential base board damage while
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
during the process. Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.
Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and Process Summary
estimated number of man-hours to perform. This process requires the following number of employees and
Employees Man-hours
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours
1
1

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
The changing process
1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. 1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)" and "5.2.4 Removing & attaching
5 2. Change the cassette sensor. the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" to remove the
sub-scan unit and upper insertion unit.
At this point, only the front panel assy and upper door assy
are attached to the frame.
5.3 Changing electrical parts

2. Refer to "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page


5-45)", and remove the feeding roller.

Magnetic Clutch

Feeding Roller

3. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan Bearing


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
E Ring

This concludes the cassette sensor changing process.

5-34 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3. Remove the detector mounting plate. 5.3.11 Changing the plate sensor (light
• Screws × 2 emitting)
Follow the steps below to change the plate sensor (light emitting).

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary
Detector Mounting This process requires the following number of employees and
Plate estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

4. Change the plate sensor (light receiving).


Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper


insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and remove the upper
insertion unit.
5
IMPORTANT
Remove the plate sensor (light emitting) from the upper
5. insertion unit. Make sure not to scratch the antistatic

5.3 Changing electrical parts


Attach the detector mounting plate.
sheet Assy (circled below) during this process.
• Screws × 2

6. Refer to "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page


5-45)", and attach the feeding Roller.

7. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper


insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and "5.2.10 Removing &
attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" to attach
the upper insertion unit and sub-scan unit.

This concludes the plate sensor (light receiving) changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-35


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3. Remove the connector (JP29), then remove the 6. Take the detector mounting plate out from under the
cable connected to the plate sensor (light emitting) upper insertion unit, then change the plate sensor
from its wire saddles (× 4). (light emitting).

JP29

4. Remove screw from the lever. 7. Place the detector mounting plate and run its cable
• Screws × 1 through the wire saddles.

HINT
Once the detector mounting plate has been secured, running
its cable through the wire saddles becomes difficult. Run the
cable through the 2 wire saddles on the sensor side here.

8. Attach the detector mounting plate.


• Screws × 1

9. Connect the cable and run it through the wire


5 saddles.
• JP29

10. Attach the lever screw.


5.3 Changing electrical parts

• Screws × 1
5. Remove screw from the detector mounting plate.
• Screws × 1 11. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper
Rotate the cam part, then move the slide guide as indicated by insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and attach the upper
the arrow below. Once the lever is loose, the screws can be insertion unit.
accessed.
12. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
Detector Mounting Plate assy.

This concludes the plate sensor (light emitting) changing process.


Lever

Slide Guide Slide Guide

5-36 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC sensor and V- 6. Remove the V-SYNC assembly.
SYNC assembly • Screws × 2
Follow the steps below to change the V-SYNC sensor and V-
SYNC assembly.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

1
7. If you are changing the V-SYNC sensor, replace the
old one.
Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
5
3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

5.3 Changing electrical parts


4. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel 8. Attach the V-SYNC assembly.
patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and remove the rear panel
• Screws × 2
patch assy.
Insert the V actuator into the exposure guide holes, then
5. Remove the cable from the V-SYNC sensor. attach so it is abutted as shown in the illustration.
• JP32

Exposure Guide Hole

V Actuator
JP32

9. Connect the cable to the V-SYNC sensor.


• JP32

10. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel


patch assy. (Page 5-9)"

11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-37


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side 4. Change the entrance NIP sensor.
panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the V-SYNC sensor and V-SYNC assembly


changing process.

5.3.13 Changing the entrance NIP sensor


Follow the steps below to change the entrance NIP sensor.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
5. Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor
and disconnect the power cable from the device. and sub-scan drive Assy" starting from Process 8
on Page 5-42, and attach the other parts that were
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while removed from the sub-scan drive Assy during the
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly sub-scan unit removal process.
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process. 6. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and This concludes the entrance NIP sensor changing process.
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

1
5
Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
5.3 Changing electrical parts

The changing process

1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2. Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor


and sub-scan drive Assy (Page 5-41)", and remove
the sub-scan drive Assy.

3. Remove the upper open/close springs (× 2).

5-38 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.14 Changing the exit NIP sensor 3. Remove the base board assembly.
• Screw × 6
Follow the steps below to change the exit NIP sensor.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours
4. Remove the protective cover.
1
• Screws × 2

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2. Remove the connectors (× 4) circled in the


5
illustration, then remove their cables from the base
board's cable hole.
• JP5

5.3 Changing electrical parts


• JP32 (V-SYNC sensor)
• JP33 (entrance NIP sensor)
5. Remove the lower open/close springs (× 2).

• JP31-1

JP33

JP5

JP32

Leave this cable attached to


JP31-1
the base board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-39


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

6. Change the exit NIP sensor. 5.4 Changing mechanical parts


• JP34
5.4.1 Changing the loading/feeding motor
Follow the steps below to change the loading/feeding motor.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.
Top Down View
Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
7. Attach the lower open/close springs (× 2). estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours
8. Attach the protective cover.
• Screws × 2 1

9. Attach the base board assembly.


Things to prepare
• Screw × 6
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
10. Refer to step 2 and connect the cables.
• JP5 The changing process
• JP32 (V-SYNC sensor)
1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
• JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
5
• JP31-1 assy.

11. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan 2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
5.4 Changing mechanical parts

unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

This concludes the exit NIP sensor changing process. 3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower


insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
insertion unit.

5. Change the loading/feeding motor (stepping motor).


• Screws × 2
• JP4

JP4

5-40 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

6. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower 2. Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the
insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower drive belt and slowdown pulley.
insertion unit. • Screw × 1
After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R
7. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does
panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
not make contact with the drive pulley.
8. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel. Tension
Arm R
9. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the loading/feeding motor changing process.

Drive Pulley
5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and
sub-scan drive Assy
Slowdown Pulley
Follow the steps below to change the sub-scan NIP motor. Drive Belt
The sub-scan drive Assy is removed when changing the sub-scan
NIP motor. 3. Remove the connectors (x4) circled in the
illustration, then remove their cables from the base
CAUTION board's cable hole.
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be • JP5
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker • JP32 (V-SYNC sensor)
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• JP33 (entrance NIP sensor)
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
• JP31-1
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap 5
during the process.
JP33

Process Summary

5.4 Changing mechanical parts


This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

1 JP5

JP32
Things to prepare
Leave this cable attached to
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. JP31-1
the base board.

The changing process 4. Remove the base board assembly.


• Screw × 6
1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-41


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5. Remove the sub-scan drive Assy screws. 7. Change the sub-scan NIP motor.
• Screw × 4 • Screws × 2

Sub-scan
NIP Motor

6. Remove the sub-scan drive Assy. 8. Refer to step 6, then assemble and attach the sub-
1) Rotate the free shaft holder 90 degrees, release the lock, scan drive Assy.
and remove it from the sub-scan drive Assy. Align it with the sub-scan unit's side plate and emboss.
2) Slide the sub-scan drive Assy together with the drive
transmission gear, then pull them up and out.
9. Secure the sub-scan drive Assy by attaching the
screws.
3) Remove the drive transmission gear's parallel pin for • Screw × 4
baffling.
Start with the screws closest to the synchronization axis.

5
Emboss
5.4 Changing mechanical parts

Free Bearing Synchronization


Axis

Sub-scan Drive Assy


10. Attach the base board assembly.
• Screw × 6

11. Refer to step 3 and connect the cables.


• JP5
Parallel Free
• JP32 (V-SYNC sensor)
pin Bearing • JP33 (entrance NIP sensor)
Drive Transmission Gear • JP31-1

12. Attach the slowdown pulley and drive belt, then


connect the tension arm R spring.
If you are not going to change the sub-scan NIP motor, skip to step
8. • Screw × 1

5-42 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

13. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley. 4. Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the
Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions drive belt.
at least 5 times each. After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R
downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does
Normal Rotation not make contact with the drive pulley.
Direction
Tension Arm R

Reverse Rotation
Direction
Drive Pulley
Drive Belt
14. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
5. Remove the protective cover.
This concludes the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy • Screws × 2
changing process. When removing the rear side screws, hold tension arm R in
your hand and move it for accessibility.

5.4.3 Changing the sub-scan feeding motor


Follow the steps below to change the sub-scan feeding motor.

CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be 5
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while

5.4 Changing mechanical parts


discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and 6. Change the sub-scan feeding motor (stepping
estimated number of man-hours to perform. motor Assy).
Employees Man-hours • Screws × 4
1
• JP6
When removing the screws, hold tension arm R in your hand
and move it for accessibility.
Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure


unit (Page 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit.

3. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light


collection unit (Page 5-21)", and remove the light
collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-43


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

IMPORTANT
The changing process
Do NOT remove the drive pulley attached to the
stepping motor. 1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
7. Attach the protective cover. assy.
• Screws × 2
2. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
8. Attach the drive belt and fasten the tension arm R
spring.
3. Remove the Eraser LED cooling fan cable.
9. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley. • JP8
Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions
at least 5 times each.
4. Remove the fan assembly.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
Normal Rotation
Direction

JP8

Reverse Rotation
Direction
Fan Assembly
10. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light
5 collection unit (Page 5-21)" and attach the light 5. Change the Eraser LED cooling fan (fan motor).
collection unit. • Screws × 2

11. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure


5.4 Changing mechanical parts

unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit.

12. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

This concludes the sub-scan feeding motor changing process.

5.4.4 Changing the Eraser LED cooling fan


Follow the steps below to change the Eraser LED cooling fan.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and 6. Attach the fan assembly.
disconnect the power cable from the device. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

Process Summary
7. Connect the Eraser LED cooling fan cable.
• JP8
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
8. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
Employees Man-hours panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
1
9. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
Things to prepare assy.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
This concludes the Eraser LED cooling fan changing process.

5-44 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch 6. Remove the baffle board.


• Screws × 1
Follow the steps below to change the magnetic clutch.

CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

1
Baffle Board

Things to prepare
7. Remove the shaft holders (× 2), feeding Roller, and
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. magnetic clutch.
• E Rings × 2
The changing process
Feeding Roller Magnetic Clutch
1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. Bearing 5

4. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper


insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and remove the upper

5.4 Changing mechanical parts


insertion unit.

5. Remove the magnetic clutch cable. 8. Attach the shaft holders (× 2), feeding Roller, and
new magnetic clutch.
• JP9
• E Rings × 2
Make sure to insert the right-side shaft holder into the gear
connection assy hole.

Magnetic Clutch
Bearing
JP9
Bearing
Feeding Roller

Gear Connection Assy

(The lower insertion unit is removed in this illustration.)

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-45


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

9. Attach the baffle board.


• Screws × 1 The changing process

Clipping the baffle board's HINT


protruding part, attach the After changing the upper door guide, the locating plate which
magnetic clutch's hook to it. secures the upper door support pillar needs a position
adjustment. The upper door assy must be removed to perform
this task.

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover
assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper


door assy (Page 5-23)", and remove the upper door
Baffle Board assy.

3. Change the guide.


10. Connect the magnetic clutch cable. • Screws × 5
• JP9

11. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper


insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and attach the upper
insertion unit.

12. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side


panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


5 panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

14. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
5.4 Changing mechanical parts

assy.
4. Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper
This concludes the magnetic clutch changing process. door assy (Page 5-23)" and attach the upper door
assy.

5.4.6 Changing the upper door guide 5. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
Follow the steps below to change the upper door guide. assy.

CAUTION
This concludes the upper door guide changing process.
Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure
to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

5-46 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.4.7 Changing the link assemblies 6. Remove the sector spring.

Follow the steps below to change Link Assy.1 and Link Assy.2.

CAUTION Sector Spring


• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
7. Change the link assemblies.
Employees Man-hours
• E Rings × 2 per assembly
1 Attach them in alignment with the sector gear circles.

Things to prepare Link Assy.1


Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process Link Assy.2

1. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover Circle
assy.

2. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


5
panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

5.4 Changing mechanical parts


Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. 8. Attach the sector spring.

4. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower 9. Attach the lower insertion unit cover.
insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower
• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)
insertion unit.

5. Turn over the lower insertion unit and remove its


10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower
insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower
cover.
insertion unit.
• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)
11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side
panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side


panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper


cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover
assy.

This concludes the changing process for link assemblies 1 and 2.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-47


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.4.8 Changing the entrance guide 4. Pull down the driven entrance assembly, release the
feeding Roller clamp, and change the entrance
Follow the steps below to change the entrance guide. guide.
CAUTION • Screws × 2
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
Entrance Guide
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours Driven Entrance Assembly
1
When attaching it, abut its locating boss to the sub-scan unit's
notches, then secure with screws while bringing it in.
Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

IMPORTANT
When removing and attaching an entrance guide, make
sure the eraser unit is attached to the sub-scan unit.
5
1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
5.4 Changing mechanical parts

2. Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor


and sub-scan drive Assy (Page 5-41)", and remove
the sub-scan drive Assy. 5. Attach the upper open/close springs (× 2) and
entrance NIP sensor.
3. Remove the upper open/close springs (× 2) and
entrance NIP sensor. 6. Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor
and sub-scan drive Assy" starting from Process 8 on
Page 5-42, and attach the other parts that were
Entrance removed from the sub-scan drive Assy during the
NIP Sensor sub-scan unit removal process.

7. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

This concludes the entrance guide changing process.

5-48 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.4.9 Changing the drive rollers 6. Remove the flywheel of the drive roller to be
changed.
Follow the steps below to change drive roller U and drive roller D. • Screw × 1 each
CAUTION
HINT
• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be
When removing the screw for flywheel D (bottom), holding
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
the reverse side slowdown pulley secure will make it easier.
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly
Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap
during the process.

Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees Man-hours

Things to prepare
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
7. Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the
drive belt and slowdown pulley.
The changing process
• Screw × 1
1. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R
unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does
not make contact with the drive pulley.
2. Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser
5
Slowdown Pulley
unit (Page 5-17)", and remove the eraser unit. Tension
Arm R Drive Belt
3. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure

5.4 Changing mechanical parts


unit (Page 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit.

4. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light


collection unit (Page 5-21)", and remove the light Drive Pulley
collection unit.

5. Take off the tension arm L spring, then remove the


sync belt.
After removing, pull tension arm L's roller side down to the
right as shown in the illustration bubble.

Tension
Arm L

Sync Belt

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-49


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

8. Change drive roller U. (If only changing drive roller 9. Change drive roller D. (If only changing drive roller
D, these steps are unnecessary.) U, these steps are unnecessary.)
1) Remove drive roller U's left shaft holder. 1) Remove drive roller D's right shaft holder.
• Screws × 3 • Screws × 3

2) Change drive roller U. 2) Change drive roller D.


The right shaft holder is not secure, so it will come off when The left shaft holder is not secure, so it will come off when
sliding the roller to the right. sliding the roller to the left.

5
5.4 Changing mechanical parts

3) Attach drive roller U's left shaft holder. 3) Attach drive roller D's right shaft holder.
• Screws × 3 • Screws × 3
Make sure no screws fall into the shaft holder notches. Make sure no screws fall into the shaft holder notches.

Notch

Notch

5-50 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

10. Refer to step 7 to attach the slowdown pulley and 5.5 Changing cassette parts
drive belt, then connect the tension arm R spring.
• Screw × 1 5.5.1 Disassembling a cassette
11. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley. The following steps describe how to disassemble the cassette's
Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions front plate, back plate, and tray.
at least 5 times each.
Process Summary
This process requires the following number of employees and
Reverse Rotation estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Direction
Employees Man-hours

Things to prepare
In addition to standard tools, the following tool(s) will be needed to
perform this task.
No. Tool No. Tool
Normal Rotation 1 Opening tools for 2 Plate storage bag
Direction Cassette

12. Refer to step 6 and step 5, attach the flywheel and 3 Portable vacuum cleaner
sync belt, then connect the tension arm L spring.
• Flywheels: 1 screw each HINT
Screw removal and attachment requires a Phillips-head
screwdriver (#1 bit).

The disassembly process 5


1. Eject the plate from the cassette.
Leave the tray out of the cassette.

5.5 Changing cassette parts


Put the plate in a storage bag.
For details on how to eject a plate, refer to the operation
manual.

The part with screw holes goes on the bottom. 2. Position the back plate face up and remove the
screws.
• Screws × 4
13. Perform the same operation done in step 11 (rotate
the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal
directions at least 5 times each), then adapt the
sync Belt.

14. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light


collection unit (Page 5-21)" and attach the light
collection unit.

15. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure


unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit.

16. Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser


unit (Page 5-17)", and attach the eraser unit.

17. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan


unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the changing process for drive roller U and drive
roller D.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-51


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3. Detach the front and back plates from the cassette. If the cassette size is 14 × 17, 14 × 14, 11 × 14,
The tray is attached to the back plate. 10 × 12, 24 × 30 cm, or 15 × 30 cm
(The illustration shows 14 × 17)
Tray Back Plate

Rib Position

Rib Position
Front Plate Lift Area

4. Position the back plate so that the tray faces


upward. If the cassette size is 8 × 10 or 18 × 24 cm (illustration
shows 8 × 10)
5. Push the tray out as far as it will go.
It can only be pushed out a short distance at this point. Once
caught on the abutment rib in the next step, it will no longer
Rib Position
push out any farther.

Rib Position Lift Area


5.5 Changing cassette parts

7. Remove the tray from the back plate.

Tray

6. Lift up around the abutment rib so that the tray is no


longer stuck on it, then continue pushing the tray
out to its limit.

Abutment Rib Tray Abutment


Rib

Back Plate
Back Plate Rib

The abutment rib's position differs according to cassette size. This concludes the cassette disassembly process.

Things to note during assembly

CAUTION
• When assembling the cassette, make sure there is
no dust inside of it. If dust is found, clean it out with a
mini vacuum cleaner.

5-52 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

• If the cassette in use has a cassette lock release lever, 2) Once the opening tools for cassette is attached, turn the
the tray lock (bolt mechanism) must be released before back plate over and rotate the tray lock cams (x2) as
attaching the tray to the back plate. Use the opening shown in the diagram.
tools for cassette to release the lock, then attach the tray
to the back plate.
1) Attach the opening tools for cassette to the back
plate.

Cassette Lock Release


Lever

Cassette Open/Close Tool

• When assembling and attaching the tray and back plate, 5


line up all of the tray's protruding parts with the back
plate's corresponding holes, and make sure they are
pressed in correctly.

5.5 Changing cassette parts


Tray

Back Plate
Align the tray's protruding parts with the wide ends
of the back plate's holes, press them together, and
slide the tray downward.

Things to do after assembly


• Erasing an image from the ejected plate

After re-attaching the tray to the back plate, check the following.
• Expose and check an X-ray image
When the image is shielded from light, the tray's protruding
parts may not be properly aligned with the back plate's
corresponding holes.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 5-53


Blank Sheet
Chapter
Chapter 6
6 Adjustments
An explanation of part adjustments necessary for repair and maintenance.

6.1 Oblique adjustments.................................................................6-2

Adjustments
Chapter 6 Adjustments

6.1 Oblique adjustments 4. Check the value of the green X on the upper screen and lower
If the read image is oblique, adjust the tray abutment assembly plate to measure the amount of oblique motion.
flap. - The mouse position is shown on the status bar at the bottom of the
screen. Position the cursor at the position indicated with the bold
line in the figure to obtain the value X.
Things to prepare
In addition to standard tools, the following tool(s) will be needed to Upper Lower
perform this task.
rounded square
No. Tool
0
1 A 14" × 17" size cassette and plate 5
Position at
調整板
which you
Pixel
30 check the
value X
Checking the oblique amount

1. Read a 14" × 17" sized image in normal read mode


(175 µm), and measure the oblique amount.
If the oblique amount is more than ± 4 pixels, adjustment is Mouse position
necessary. X1=35 X1=36
When an image is read using the service tool
The following values are used in the figure above.
Oblique Amount: – Oblique Amount: + - X at the upper screen: 35
- X at the lower screen: 36
The oblique motion amount of the image, therefore, is -1 (35-36).
Because the value is within the ± 4 no adjustment is necessary.

Adjustment methods
Operate the upper insertion unit's adjusting cam. The adjusting cam
can be accessed by opening the upper door.

1. Note the adjusting cam's current position (where it


points on the scale).
IMPORTANT
6 If an image is read through normal ImagePilot
operation, the image is vertically flipped.
6.1 Oblique adjustments

(Example) Reading an image with the service tool and


Adjusting Cam
confirming the amount of oblique motion.
1. Prepare a solid image. Adjusting Board
Scale
- Perform an appropriate amount of exposure (80kV, 2m, 10mAs) to
the front side of the cassette.
2. Read the image by pressing the [Read Cassette] button on
the [Device Settings] screen.
- [Resolution]: 175m
For details, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.
3. Display the image using the image tool.
- [Display] [View Size] [No Pixel Skip]
2. To check the post-adjustment position of the cam,
check the motion amount of the adjustment cam to
the oblique motion amount in the following table.
Oblique amount
Movement from original position
(pixels)

–11 ~ –12 6 degrees in the "+" direction

–10 ~ –9 5 degrees in the "+" direction

–8 ~ –7 4 degrees in the "+" direction

–6 ~ –5 3 degrees in the "+" direction

+5 ~ +6 3 degrees in the "–" direction

6-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 6 Adjustments

Oblique amount 5. Check the adjusting cam's amount of movement for


Movement from original position the oblique amount in the chart below, and slowly
(pixels)
rotate it in the "+" direction.
+7 ~ +8 4 degrees in the "–" direction
IMPORTANT
+9 ~ +10 5 degrees in the "–" direction
• Rotate the adjusting cam equal to or less than 1
+11 ~ +12 6 degrees in the "–" direction degree per second in the "+" direction. Rotating it too
fast may damage the adjusting cam.
(Example) • If you have rotated the adjusting cam too much, start
again from process 4.
X1=32
Align with the scale
Oblique Screws
position, together with the
amount = 32 - 37
amount of distance
= -5
needed for the original
position.

X1=37

1. Check the table to get the "distance moved from the original
position".
Because in the case of the figure above, the motion amount is "-5", it
is "shifted toward the + direction by 3 steps" from the current
position.
2. Check the current position of the cam (which step on the scale Rotate all the way in the "–" direction.
it is pointing at) and the post-adjustment position.

Current Post-adjustment (Example)


(planned) 1. Rotate the adjusting cam to its maximum "–" direction.
Shifted toward
the + direction
by 3 steps

6
3. Loosen the adjusting board's screws (× 2).
2. Slowly turn the adjustment cam to the planned post-
adjustment position.
4. Rotate the adjusting cam to its maximum "–"

6.1 Oblique adjustments


direction.

6. Tighten the adjusting board's screws (× 2) to secure


it.

This concludes the adjustment process.


Make adjustments for all cassettes used in the facility to minimize
the oblique amount as much as possible (to eliminate white
streaks).

Rechecking/adjusting the oblique amount after initial


adjustments
• Check irregularity correction data
If an error is found, perform irregularity correction.
For error details, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service
Manual.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 6-3


Blank Sheet
Chapter
Chapter 7
7 Maintenance & Inspection
An explanation of how to maintain and inspect the device.

7.1 Maintenance/Inspection Schedule ..........................................7-2


7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning......................................................7-2

Maintenance & Inspection


Chapter 7 Maintenance & Inspection

7.1 Maintenance/Inspection Schedule 7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning


Maintenance/inspection should be performed according to the If dust gets into the plate feeding path, it should be cleaned as
following schedule. follows.
Cleaning area Cleaning method
User duties Rollers, guides, etc. Use a vacuum cleaner etc. to suck out
any dust.
Maintenance/inspection content Period
Antistatic Sheet Apply adhesive tape etc. to the antistatic
Plate Plate cleaning Once per week sheet to remove any dust.

Cassette Cassette cleaning Once per week CAUTION


Do not use the following items to clean the
Reader Cassette insertion slot cleaning Once per week antistatic sheet, as they might scratch it.
External cleaning of the device Once per month • An extremely sticky or adhesive
substance
Intake vent, exhaust outlet Once per month • Vacuum cleaners etc. with powerful
cleaning suction
Light Collection Unit cleaning If white lines
(keeping them dust free) error occurs

Filter cleaning When an error


occurs

Refer to the operation manual for details.

Duties for maintenance service head

Maintenance/inspection content Period


Roller cleaning (all rollers) When an error
• Refer to "7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning occurs
(Page 7-2)".

Antistatic Sheet cleaning When an error


• Refer to "7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning occurs
(Page 7-2)".

7
7.1 Maintenance/Inspection Schedule

7-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter
Chapter 8
8 Appendix
A list of technical information for reference during device repair or
maintenance.

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) ................................................8-2


8.1.1 [Unit test] Screen .......................................................8-2
8.1.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen ........................................8-3
8.1.3 [Error Hist] Screen .....................................................8-7
8.1.4 [Warning setting] Screen...........................................8-8
8.1.5 [Report of reader] Screen..........................................8-8
8.2 Device Wiring Diagram ............................................................8-9
8.2.1 REGIUS  Device Wiring Diagram ..........................8-9
8.2.2 REGIUS II Device Wiring Diagram ......................8-10

Appendix
8
Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)


An explanation of the [Unit test] screen, part of a service tool which provides various maintenance functions for this unit.

8.1.1 [Unit test] Screen

[Unit test] Screen Display Process

1. Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an ImagePilot connected to this device.
The [Service Tool] screen will be displayed for reader settings.

2. Select [Reader Settings], then click the [Settings] button for [Unit Test].

[Unit test] Screen


8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

Button Content
[Unit Test] button Allows you to perform an independent operation check for each device in the device.
• The [Unit Test] (Check) screen (Page 8-3) is displayed.
[Disp Error Hist] button Allows you to check the error history.
• The [Error Hist] screen (Page 8-7) is displayed.
[Setting for Warning] button Allows you to toggle the "No Test Registration" and image re-erase request dialogs ON/OFF.
• The [Warning setting] screen (Page 8-8) is displayed.
[Clear Service Call error] button Used for a Service Call Error status.
If a V-SYNC error occurs during the image read process, or a basic operation failure occurs in
the base board (RAM/ROM cannot be accessed), the reader will be in Service Call Error status.
Opening/closing the door or turning the power OFF/ON will not correct the error in this case.
8 Repair/replace the part that caused the error, then click the [Clear Service Call error] button to
clear the error.
Refer to "3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures (Page 3-4)" for error codes
applicable to Service Call Errors.
[Confirm reader status] button Allows you to check reader adjustment results.
• The [Report of reader] screen (Page 8-8) is displayed.
[Exit] button Allows you to exit the [Unit test] screen.

8-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen

IMPORTANT
• All [Unit Test] (Check) screen functions can even be executed during an error.
• If an error occurs while using this function (a blinking Error Lamp), use of "Unit Test" cannot resume until the error is
corrected. If you want to continue using "Unit Test", open and close any door on the device to resolve the error status.

[Unit Test] (Check) screen display process


Click the [Unit Test] button at the [Unit test] screen (Page 8-2.)

[Unit Test] (Check) Screen

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)


Item/button Explanation
Command control panel The command control key group is made up of 3 panels. Panels can be viewed by clicking their tabs.
The following text provides a description for each panel.
8
• LED: Refer to " [LED] panel (Page 8-4)"
• Motor: Refer to " [Motor] panel (Page 8-5)"
• Eraser Unit: Refer to " [Erase Unit] panel (Page 8-6)"
[Sensor status] An ON/OFF status is displayed for each sensor.
Sensor status right after the reader starts up is displayed in black, and any sensor status which differs from
that is displayed in red.
To monitor and update sensor status, click the [Start Monitoring] button. Sensor status is updated every 3
seconds.

IMPORTANT
Other single device operation commands cannot be sent while the sensors are being monitored.
For example, sensors cannot be monitored while operating a motor.
If you want to run a different single device operation command, you'll have to stop sensor
monitoring first.

[Start Monitoring] button/[Stop] button • Clicking the [Start Monitoring] button will begin sensor status monitoring. It will then change to the
[Stop] button on screen.
A progress bar is displayed above the [Stop] button during monitoring.
• Clicking the [Stop] button will halt sensor status monitoring.

[Back] button Takes you back to the [Unit test] (Check) screen.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 8-3


Chapter 8 Appendix

[LED] panel
Enables you to check the operation for each of the LEDs used as status lamps.

Item/button Explanation
[Ready LED] [ON] button Causes the Ready Lamp to light up.

[Blink] button Causes the Ready Lamp to blink.

[OFF] button Turns off the Ready Lamp.

[Busy LED] - Causes the Busy Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

[Error LED]
8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

- Causes the Error Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

[Erase LED] - Causes the Erase Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

[All Setting] - Causes all lamps to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

8-4 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 8 Appendix

[Motor] panel
Allows you to check the operation for each motor.

IMPORTANT
If you only want to confirm motor operation, select [CW] or [CCW]. If using a cassette, refer to " Unit Test: Cassette Feeding
Flow (Page 4-4)", and follow the process described for operation.

Item/button Explanation
[Initialization] [Init. All] button Sets all motors at home position.

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)


[Init. Transport] button All parts within the device will be moved to safe positions for feed.
(Home position applies to all motors, so clicking this button has the same effect as clicking the
[Init. All] button.)

[Casette tray move motor] Allows you to check tray moving motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column.
2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to
perform in the Set Rotations column.
3. Click the [Start] button.

IMPORTANT
The [CW] of the Casette tray move motor does not work if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off.
[CW] also stops if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off while it is working.

[Insertion nip motor] Allows you to check loading NIP motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column.
2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to
perform in the Set Rotations column. 8
3. Click the [Start] button.

[Insertion feed motor] Allows you to check loading/feeding motor operation.


1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column.
2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to
perform in the Set Rotations column.
3. Select [Erase Speed] to set the speed of the erase operation.
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.)
4. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation.
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] operation.)
5. Select [ElectroMag clutch] to set whether or not the magnetic clutch is operated.
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] or [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.)
• ON: Operates the magnetic clutch.
• OFF: Halts magnetic clutch operation. (The magnetic clutch status will stay as it was when
selected with the [ElectroMag clutch] button.)
6. Use [Cassette Size] to select the cassette size.
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.)
7. Click the [Start] button.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 8-5


Chapter 8 Appendix

Item/button Explanation
[ElectroMag clutch] Allows you to check magnetic clutch operation.
• Clicking the [ON] button will activate the magnetic clutch.
• Clicking the [OFF] button will deactivate the magnetic clutch.
[Polygon] Allows you to check polygon operation.
• Clicking the [ON] button will rotate the polygon.
• Clicking the [OFF] button will halt the polygon.
[PolygonLaser] Allows you to check polygon and laser operations.
• Clicking the [ON] button will rotate the polygon and cause the laser to emit light.
• Clicking the [OFF] button will halt the polygon and deactivate the laser.
[SubScan feed motor] Allows you to check sub-scan feeding motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column.
2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to
perform in the Set Rotations column.
3. Select [Erase Speed] to set the speed of the erase operation.
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.)
4. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation.
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] operation.)
5. Use [Cassette Size] to select the cassette size.
(When selecting the[Transport Plate (Return)] operation.)
6. Click the [Start] button.

[SubScan nip motor] Allows you to check sub-scan NIP motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column.
8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to
perform in the Set Rotations column.
3. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation.
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send) 1] or [Transport Plate (Send) 2] operation.)
4. Click the [Start] button.

[Erase Unit] panel


Enables you to check operation of the Eraser LED and Eraser LED cooling fan.

Item/button Explanation
[Erase LED & Erase FAN] Enables you to check operation of the Eraser LED and Eraser LED cooling fan.
1. [Duration of turning on] enables you to set how many seconds the Eraser LED will stay lit.
2. Click the [ON] button.
The Eraser LED will stay lit, and the Eraser LED cooling fan will continue operating for the
designated number of seconds.
(Clicking [OFF] during operation can immediately halt operation even if the designated number of
seconds hasn't elapsed.)

[Erase FAN] Allows you to check Eraser LED cooling fan operation.
• Clicking the [ON] button will start Eraser LED cooling fan operation.
• Clicking the [OFF] button will halt Eraser LED cooling fan operation.

8-6 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1.3 [Error Hist] Screen [Accum. error list] screen


Frequency of error occurrence is displayed for each error code.

Error Hist Screen Display Process


Click the [Disp Error Hist] button at the [Unit test] screen (Page 8-
2).

HINT
This can also be displayed from the "Reader Log" screen.
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for
details.

[Error Hist] Screen

Item/button Explanation

[Back] button Exits the [Accum. error list] screen.

List Frequency of error occurrence is displayed


for each error code.

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)


[Save Table] button Enables you to output an "Accum. error list"
file in text format (.txt).
Pressing this button will display the [Save
As] dialog, so choose any name to save the
file as.

Item/button Explanation
List A chronological log of error occurrences
is displayed here.
[Error Information] A list of selected error information
(messages displayed on the ImagePilot)
is displayed.

[Prev] button Available when the error history is 8


[Next] button displayed on more than one page,
allowing you to cycle through pages.

[Accum. error list] button Frequency of error occurrence can be


checked for each error code.
• The [Accum. error list] screen (Page
8-7) is displayed.

[Exit] button Exits the [Error Hist] screen.

REGIUS /II Service Manual 8-7


Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1.4 [Warning setting] Screen Item/button Explanation


[Re-erase is performed Erase speed is determined from the image signal.
automatically.] When a high dose of X-rays are used for
exposure, and the signal value is at 4095
Warning setting Screen Display Process or above, it is unknown how many mR of
X-rays have hit the plate, so one of the
Click the [Setting for Warning] button at the "Unit test" screen following 2 controls can be selected.
(Page 8-2). (1) Automatically run the erase process a
second time.
No message display.
(2) Display a message and select whether or
[Warning setting] Screen not to run the erase process a second time.
The [Continue] button and [Eject]
button are displayed together with
this message: "Excessive X-ray
dosage at examination. Need to be re-
erased."
Here you can select to run the erase
process again, or eject the cassette.
When filling in the checkbox, Control (1) will
be performed. (Default: checkbox filled in)
HINT
This setting can be changed for both the
service tool and user tool.

[Save & Exit] button Saves the selected settings and exits the
Item/button Explanation [Warning Settings] screen.
[Display no registration The change in the settings are reflected after
Sets whether or not the "Study is not
dialogue] restarting the Image Pilot.
registered." dialog is displayed when
loading a cassette into the device without [Discard] button Exits the [Warning Settings] screen without
putting the ImagePilot in image capture saving settings.
8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

standby mode (without clicking the CR


Modality button).
By filling in the checkbox, this dialog will 8.1.5 [Report of reader] Screen
be displayed. (Default: checkbox filled in)
[Enable Eject Button] Sets whether or not a cassette [Eject] button
will be displayed, enabling the user to eject Report of reader Screen Display Process
the cassette, along with the "Study is not
registered." dialog. (By using the [Eject]
button, the cassette can be removed without Click the [Confirm reader status] button at the "Unit test" screen
using the lever inside the upper door.) (Page 8-2).
By filling in the checkbox, this button will
be displayed. (Default: checkbox filled in)
IMPORTANT
[Report of reader] Screen
When installing an ImagePilot client,
removing the check mark is
recommended. This dialog will be
displayed for both the ImagePilot server
and ImagePilot client, so if the checkbox
is filled in to display the [Eject] button,
the server's [Eject] button might be
8 clicked before the CR modality button is
clicked.

Item/button Explanation
[Back] button Exits the [Report of reader] screen.
Chart Shows adjustment results set to the reader.
[Save table] button Enables you to output a file of the displayed
content in text format (.txt).
Pressing this button will display the "Save
as..." dialog, so choose any name to save the
file as.

8-8 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Chapter 8 Appendix

8.2 Device Wiring Diagram ñéü


8.2.1 REGIUS  Device Wiring Diagram
1
Tray Moving Loading/Feeding Sub-scan Feeding Eraser LED
Loading NIP Motor Sub- scan NIP Motor Magnetic Clutch

2
Motor Motor Motor Cooling FAN

Clutch

3
Soldering

ñéü
1
Includes Motor

2
3
4
5
6
Serial
Communication
7

Reserve FAN
8
9

8.2 Device Wiring Diagram


10
11
12
13
14
15
8

Switching Power Supply 17


18
Left Door Open/Close Size Detecting Size Detecting

19
Cassette Sensor Plate Sensor
Detection Sensor Sensor 1 Sensor 2
Light Receiving

Breaker

20
Panasonic

Size Detecting Lock Release Loading NIP Loading NIP Left Cassette Size Detecting Tray HP Right Cassette Exit NIP Sensor
Sensor 4 Sensor HP Sensor Open/Close Sensor Lock Sensor Sensor 3 Sensor Lock Sensor

Inlet
21
Noise Filter
26

Cathode

Anode

Anode
27
Upper Door Interlock 1 Tray Sensor Plate Sensor Lower Door Interlock 2 V-Sync Sensor Entrance NIP Sensor
Type (Light Emitting:G310) Type

28
29
30
REGIUS /II Service Manual 8-9
Chapter 8 Appendix

8.2.2 REGIUS II Device Wiring Diagram


ñéü
Loading/Feeding Sub-scan Feeding Eraser LED

1
Tray Moving Motor Loading NIP Motor Sub- scan NIP Motor Magnetic Clutch
Motor Motor Cooling FAN

Clutch

2
Soldering

1 Includes Motor

2
3
4
5
6 Serial
Communication

7
Reserve FAN

8
9
8.2 Device Wiring Diagram

10
11
12
13 Ferrite Core

14
15
8 Switching Power Supply

17
18
Left Door Open/Close Size Detecting Size Detecting
Cassette Sensor Plate Sensor
Detection Sensor Sensor 1 Sensor 2
Light Receiving:

19
Breaker
Panasonic

Size Detecting Lock Release Loading NIP Loading NIP Left Cassette Size Detecting Tray HP Sensor Right Cassette
Sensor 3 Lock Sensor Exit NIP Sensor
Sensor 4 Sensor HP Sensor Open/Close Sensor Lock Sensor

20
Inlet

21 Noise Filter

Cathode

Anode

Anode
26
Upper Door Interlock 1 Tray Sensor Plate Sensor Lower Door Interlock 2 V-Sync Sensor Entrance NIP Sensor

27
Type (Light Emitting:G310) Type

28
29
30
8-10 REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter
Chapter 9
9 Revision History
9.1 Manual revision history.............................................................9-2

Revision History
9
Chapter 9 Revision History

9.1 Manual revision history


This manual was revised as follows.
Version Issue Date Content

A Apr. 19, 2012 • New (The same manual is used for both REGIUS SIGMA and SIGMA2)
9.1 Manual revision history

9-2 REGIUS /II Service Manual


Blank Sheet
A5ERYG220A
20120419JD
20120419J

Вам также может понравиться